K/7H5 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 1.0 Revision No.: ____1 Date: August 6, 1993 Page: 1 of 1____
Quality Assurance Project Plan (QAPjP)
For: North Penn Area 6 NPL Site Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Study Lansdale, PA Prepared by: B&V Waste Science and Technology Corp. The Curtis Center, Suite 705 601 Walnut Street Philadelphia, PA 19106 Prepared for: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Region III Alternative Remedial Contracts Strategy (ARCS) Contract No. 68-W8-0091 Work Assignment No. 91-19-3LW9 August 6, 1993 Revision: 1 Approved by:
DATE: Raul E. Filardi, Sr., Project/Site Manager, B&V Waste Science and Tech. Corp, DATE: Virgil Paulson, Quality Assurance Manager, B&V Waste Science and Tech. Corp. DATE: Patricia Krantz, Laboratory Quality Assurance Officer, EPA
•V DATE: Gregory Ham, Remedial Project Manager, EPA
n-7/n- NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 2.0 Revision No.: ____1 Date: August 6, 1993 Page: 1 of 9______
NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE QUALITY ASSURANCE PROJECT PLAN (QAPjP)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Page
1.0 TITLE PAGE ...... 1-1
2.0 TABLE OF CONTENTS ...... 2-1
3.0 INTRODUCTION ...... 3-1 3.1 SITE LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION ...... 3-2 3.2 PREVIOUS INVESTIGATIONS ...... 3-2
4.0 PROJECT ORGANIZATION AND RESPONSIBILITY ...... 4-1 4.1 PROGRAM MANAGER ...... 4-1 4.2 DEPUTY PROGRAM MANAGER ...... 4-1 4.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE MANAGER ...... 4-3 4.4 PROJECT/SITE MANAGER ...... 4-3 4.5 REVIEW TEAM ...... 4-3 4.6 DATA/SAMPLE COORDINATOR ...... 4-4 4.7 HEALTH AND SAFETY MANAGER ...... 4-4 4.8 LABORATORY QUALITY CONTROL SUPERVISOR ...... 4-4 4.9 LABORATORY QUALITY CONTROL MANAGER ...... 4-5 4.10 LABORATORY SAMPLE CONTROL OFFICER ...... 4-5 4.11 REMEDIAL PROJECT MANAGER ...... 4-5 4.12 EPA PROJECT OFFICER ...... 4-5 4.13 EPA CONTRACTING OFFICER ...... 4-5
NP-6/SECT2 08/06/93 2-1 RR300U20 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 2.0 Revision No.: ____0 Date: July 2, 1993 Page: 2 of 9______
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
Section Page
5.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE OBJECTIVES FOR MEASUREMENT ...... 5-1 . 5.1 DATA QUALITY CHARACTERISTICS ...... 5-1 5.2 DATA QUALITY OBJECTIVES ...... 5-2 5.2.1 Data Quality Objectives for Soil Investigation ...... 5-2 5.3 LABORATORY QUALITY OBJECTIVES ...... 5-4 5.3.1 Mobile Laboratories ...... 5-4 5.3.2 CLP Laboratories ...... :.....-. 5-5 5.4 DATA MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES ...... 5-5 5.4.1 Data Validation for Mobile Laboratory ...... 5-5 5.4.2 Data Validation for CLP Laboratories .'...... 5-6
6.0 SAMPLING PROCEDURES ...... 6-1 6.1 SELECTION OF SAMPLING LOCATIONS ...... 6-1 6.2 SAMPLING EQUIPMENT ...... 6-1 6.3 SAMPLE COLLECTION ...... 6-2 6.4 FIELD DOCUMENTATION ...... 6-7
7.0 SAMPLE CUSTODY ...... 7-1 7.1 SAMPLE PAPERWORK ...... 7-1 7.1.1 CLP Laboratories ...... 7-1 7.1.2 Mobile Laboratory ...... 7-11 7.2 FIELD CUSTODY PROCEDURES ...... 7-13 7.3 SAMPLE PACKAGING AND SHIPPING ...... 7-14 7.3.1 Packaging of Low Concentration Samples for CLP Laboratories ...... 7-15 7.3.2 Packaging of Low Concentration Samples for Mobile Laboratory ...... 7-15 7.3.3 Packaging of Medium Concentration Samples for CLP Laboratories ...... 7-15
NP-5/SECT2 07/02/93 2-2 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 2.0 Revision No.: ____0 Date: July 2, 1993 Page: 3 of 9_____
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
Section
7.3.4 Packaging of Medium Concentration Samples for Mobile Laboratory ...... 7-16 7.3.5 Packaging of High Concentration Samples ...... 7-16 7.3.6 Shipment Coordination with the Sample Management Office (SMO) ...... 7-16 7.4 TRANSFERRING OF CUSTODY ...... 7-17 7.4.1 CLP Laboratories ...... 7-17 7.4.2 Mobile Laboratory ...... 7-18 7.5 LABORATORY CUSTODY PROCEDURES ...... 7-18 7.6 FINAL EVIDENCE FILE ...... 7-18
8.0 CALIBRATION PROCEDURES AND EQUIPMENT FOR MONITORING ANALYTICAL EQUIPMENT ...... 8-1 8.1 LABORATORY CALIBRATION ...... 8-1 8.2 FIELD CALIBRATION ...... 8-1
9.0 ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES ...... 9-1
10.0 DATA VALIDATION, REDUCTION, AND REPORTING ...... 10-1 10.1 DATA VALIDATION ...... 10-1 10.2 DATA REDUCTION ...... 10-3 10.3 FIELD DATA REPORTING ...... 10-3 10.4 IDENTIFICATION OF OUTLYING RESULTS ...... 10-3 10.5 DOCUMENTATION OF OUT-OF-CONTROL EVENTS ...... 10-3
11.0 INTERNAL QUALITY CONTROL CHECKS AND FREQUENCY ...... 11-1 11.1 LABORATORY INTERNAL QUALITY CONTROL CHECKS . . . 11-1 11.1.1 CLP Laboratories ...... 11-1 11.1.2 Mobile Laboratory ...... 11-2 11.2 FIELD INTERNAL QUALITY CONTROL CHECKS ...... 11-3
NP-5/SECT2 07/02/93 2-3
A8301H22 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 2.0 Revision No.: ____1 Date: August 6, 1993 Page: 4 of 9______
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
Section Page
12.0 PERFORMANCE AND SYSTEM AUDITS ...... 12-1 12.1 ONSITE PERFORMANCE AND SYSTEM AUDITS ...... 12-1 12.2 LABORATORY AUDIT ...... 12-2
13.0 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES AND SCHEDULES ...... 13-1 13.1 LABORATORY MAINTENANCE ...... 13-1 13.2 FIELD MAINTENANCE ...... 13-1
14.0 PROCEDURES USED TO ACCESS DATA ACCURACY, PRECISION, AND COMPLETENESS ...... 14-1 14.1 OVERALL PROJECT ASSESSMENT ...... 14-1 14.2 FIELD QUALITY ASSESSMENT ...... 14-1 14.3 LABORATORY DATA QUALITY ASSESSMENT ...... 14-1 14.4 MEASUREMENTS OF DATA QUALITY ...... 14-1 14.5 LABORATORY DATA ASSESSMENT ...... 14-3 15.0 CORRECTIVE ACTION ...... 15-1 16.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE REPORTS TO MANAGEMENT ...... 16-1
17.0 REFERENCES ...... 17-1 ATTACHMENT A - OPERATION AND CALIBRATION PROCEDURES ...... QAPjP A-l ATTACHMENT B - ANALYTICAL METHODS ...... QAPjP B-l ATTACHMENT C - RESUMES OF KEY PROJECT PERSONNEL
NP-6/SECT2 07/02/93 2-4 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 2.0 Revision No.: 0 Date: July 2, 1993 Page: 5 of 9______
LIST OF TABLES
Table Page i
5-1 Target Values for Soil Data Quality Characteristics ...... 5-3
6-1 Sample Volumes, Containers, Preservation, and Holding Times ...... 6-3 8-1 Calibration Frequency for Field Test Equipment ...... 8-2 9-1 Analytical Methods ...... 9-2 9-2 Inorganic Target Analyte List (TAL) and Contract Required Detection Limits (CRDL) ...... 9-3 9-3 Target Compound List (TCL) and Contract Required Quantitation Limits (CRQL) (3/90 SOW) ...... 9-4
9-4 General Inorganic Quantitation Limits ...... 9-8 9-5 Mobile Laboratory Volatile Organic Analytes ...... 9-8 11-1 QC Samples Generated During the Sampling for the North Perm Area 6 NPL Site RI/FS ...... 11-4
NP-B/-HCT2 07/02/93 2-5 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 2.0 Revision No.: ____0 Date: July 2. 1993 Page: 6 of 9_____
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure Page
4-1 Organizational Chart ...... 4-2 7-1 Sample Container ID Tag, EPA Custody Seal ...... 7-2
7-2 EPA Inorganic Traffic Report/Chain-of-Custody Form ...... 7-4
7-3 EPA Organic Traffic Report/Chain-of-Custody Form ...... 7-5 7-4 SAS Packing List/Chain-of-Custody Form ...... 7-6 7-5 EPA Sample Number ...... 7-7 7-6 Sample Tracking Matrix ...... 7-10 7-7 Mobile Laboratory Chain of Custody ...... '...... 7-12 10-1 Data Flow/Reporting Scheme ...... 10-2 10-2 Example Data Summary Form for Inorganic Water Samples ...... 10-4 10-3 Example Data Summary Form for Inorganic Soil Samples ...... 10-5
10-4 Example Data Summary Form for Volatile Water Samples ...... 10-6 10-5 Example Data Summary Form for Volatile Soil Samples ...... 10-8 10-6 Example Data Summary Form for BNA Water Samples ...... 10-10
NP-5/SECT2 07/02/93 2-6 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 2.0 Revision No.: ____0 Date: July 2, 1993 Page: 7 of 9_____
LIST OF FIGURES (Continued)
Figure Page
10-7 Example Data Summary Form for BNA Soil Samples ...... 10-13 10-8 Example Data Summary Form for Pesticide/PCB Water Samples ...... 10-16 10-9 Example Data Summary Form for Pesticide/PCB Soil Samples ...... 10-17 10-10 Example Data Summary Form for Other Inorganic Water Samples ...... 10-18 10-11 Example Data Summary Form for Other Inorganic Soil Samples ...... 10-19
NP-5/SECT2 07/02/93 2-7
AR30Qi*26 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 2.0 Revision No.: 0 Date: July 2, 1993 Page: 8 of 9______
LOCATER PAGE
QAMS-005/800 Element Revision Page 1 Title Page 0 1-1 2 Table of Contents 0 2-1 3 Project Description 0 3-1 4 Project Organization - " 0 4-1 5 QA Objectives 0 5-1 6 Sampling Procedure 0 6-1 7 Sample Custody 0 7-1 8 Calibration Procedures - 0 8-1 9 Analytical Methods 0 9-1 10 Data Reduction, Validation, and Reporting 0 10-1 11 Internal QC Checks . 0 11-1 12 Audits 0 12-1 13 Preventative Maintenance - 0 13-1 14 Procedures to Access Data 0 .14-1 Accuracy, Precision and Completeness 15 Corrective Action 0 15-1 16 QA Reporting Procedures 0 16-1 17 References 0 17-1
NP-5/SECT2 07/02/93 Z-0
&R3QQU2/7 PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 2.0 Revision No.: ______0 Date: July 2. 1993 Page: 9 of 9
Distribution List for QAPJP; No. Copies Ms. Patricia Krantz, EPA CRL Laboratory Quality Assurance Officer 1 Ms. Cindy Metzger, EPA CRL Quality Control Manager 1 Mr. Gregory Ham, EPA Remedial Project Manager 1
Mr. Virgil Paulson, BVWST Corporate Quality Assurance Manager 1
Mr. Timothy Travers, BVWST Quality Assurance Team Member . 1
Mr. Gary Snyder, BVWST Quality Assurance Team Member 1
Dr. Raul Filardi, Sr., BVWST Project/Site Manager 1 Dr. Lusheng Van, BVWST Project Scientist 1 Mr. Robert Martel, BVWST Data Coordinator 1
NP-5/SECT2 07/02/93 2-9
AR300I428 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE • Section: 3.0 Revision No.: ____0 Date: July 2. 1993 1 of 2
3.0 INTRODUCTION
The Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Study (RJ/FS) Quality Assurance Project Plan (QAPjP) for the North Penn Area 6 NPL Site, located in the vicinity of the Borough of Lansdale, Montgomery County, Pennsylvania has been developed through the EPA Region III, Alternative Remedial Contracts Strategy (ARCS) program. The contract number for this study is 68-W8-0091 and the work assignment number is 9M9-3LW9. B&V Waste Science and Technology Corp. (BVWST) is the prime contractor for this effort. Laboratory support will be provided through the USEPA Central Regional Laboratory (CRL)/Contract Laboratory Program (CLP) and either the NUS Mobile Laboratory or driller provided laboratory facilities. The NUS Mobile Laboratory will be located offsite, while the driller provided laboratory will follow the drilling/sampling crew from location to location. Additional technical support will be provide'd by subcontractors for activities such as soil boring and surveying.
This QAPjP for the RI/FS at the North Penn Area 6 NPL Site identifies the objectives, organization, functional activities, and specific quality assurance (QA), and quality control (QC) activities necessary to provide for the validity of the analytical data generated during the investigation. The purpose of the plan is to provide mechanisms so that the technical data generated for this site are accurate, representative, and will ultimately withstand judicial scrutiny. Specific work procedures are outlined in the Work Plan (WP) and Field Sampling Plan (FSP) for this project. Together, the QAPjP, FSP, and WP produce an effective data acquisition and control program. The ARCS Contractor Health and Safety Plan (HSP) designed for this site outlines additional protocols which will be followed during field sampling events by BVWST. Subcontractors shall develop their own Health and Safety Plan for their own use. All QA/QC procedures contained in this document have been prepared in accordance with professional technical standards, and applicable federal, state, and local requirements, regulations, and guidelines. This QAPjP follows the guidelines provided in Interim Guidelines and Specifications for Preparing Quality Assurance Project Plans. QAMS-005/80, USEPA, December 28, 1980.
NP-6/SECT3 07/02/93 3-1
HR3QQUZ9 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: ____3.0 Revision No.: ______1 Date: August 6. 1993 Page: 2 of 2_____
3.1 Site Location and Description
The North Penn Area 6 NPL Site (Site) is located in the Borough of Lansdale, Montgomery County, Pennsylvania. It includes properties located in the industrial area surrounding the intersection of Main Street and Cannon Avenue. Detailed site information and project description can be found in the work plan. The following properties have been identified in Area 6; Eaton Labs Mattero Bros. Keystone Hydraulics ' Westside Industries Lehigh Valley Dairies John Evans and Sons Tate Andale Company Philadelphia Toboggan Decision Data NP Industrial Dip-n-Strip Rybond, Inc. Electra Products Lansdale Realty Landacq Management Co. Crystal Soap REP . Royal Cleaners Tri-Kris Co., Inc. The following properties are also being evaluated as potentially responsible parties, and the owners are conducting remedial investigations on their own under EPA oversight. American Olean Tile Borough of Lansdale Central Sprinkler J. W. Rex Parker Hannifin The Simco Company William M. Wilson Sons 3.2 Previous Investigations
Previous investigations by the North Penn Water Authority (NPWA), the Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Resources (PADER), and Region III of the US EPA detected elevated levels of volatile organic compounds (VOCs) in groundwater samples. The primary contaminants are identified as tricnloroethene (TCE) and tetrachloroethene (PCE).
NP-6/SECT3 07/02/93 3-2 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 4.0 Revision No.: ____0 Date: July 2. 1993 Page: 1 of 5
4.0 PROJECT ORGANIZATION AND RESPONSIBILITY
Figure 4-1 illustrates the ARCS Team Quality Assurance Program organization. BVWST and EPA participants are included in this organizational plan. The management structure provides for direct and constant operational responsibility, clear lines of authority, and the integration of QA activities. The various QA functions are explained below. 4.1 Program Manager
Dr. Raul Filardi, Sr., (BVWST) is the Program Manager for the BVWST ARCS HI contracts. As Program Manager, Dr. Filardi is responsible for overall program direction, coordination, technical consistency, and review of the entire contract. His responsibilities include: 1. Final approval and review of work plans, project deliverables, schedules, contract changes, and manpower allocations for each task. 2. Guiding the resolution of problems that may arise on each task. 3. Providing oversight of analytical data validation, reduction, and reporting. 4.2 Deputy Program Manager
Mr. John Taylor (BVWST) will serve as the Deputy Program Manager. Mr. Taylor will participate in the budgetary and cost control functions for the project. He will also aid technology transfer and review technical standards in both the planning and sampling stages of this project. His primary responsibilities will include, but not be limited to: 1. Providing coordination among management, field teams, and support personnel. 2. Providing administrative and oversight functions to the ARCS Team members. 3. Coordinating problem resolution with the Program Manager.
07/02/93 4-1
&R3QQU31 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 4.0 Revision No.: ____0 Date: July 2. 1993 Page: 2 of 5
B&V WASTE SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY TEAM _U.S. EPA REGION III Raul Fllardl Program Uonag«r
Rqul Filardi Gregory Ham Pro|»ct/S;t» Mdnogtr R«m«dlol Pro|«ct Wonog»r
B*V Waitt Sel«net Ic Technology Corp. The Curlls C«nl«r, Suilt 705 6th ond Wolnul St. (215Philadelphia) 928-b?o. Pao. 19106 • FIGUR—,-,,...E. 4-. 1. I ORGANIZATION CHART NORTH PENN AREA 6 SOURCE CONTROL RI/PS
07/02/93 4-2 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 4.0 Revision No.: 0 Date: July 2. 1993 3 of 5
4.3 Quality Assurance Manager
The Quality Assurance Manager (QAM) for this project is Virgil Paulson (BVWST). -Mr. Paulson is primarily responsible for ensuring that all data, reports, and other deliverables meet the QA objectives associated with work assignments. In addition, the QAM reviews and oversees the activities of the Review Team and provides program-wide QA guidance and direction. 4.4 Project/Site Manager
Dr. Raul Filardi, Sr., (BVWST) is theTroject/Site Manager for the North Penn Area 6 NPL Site RI/FS. As both Project and Site Manager, Dr. Filardi is responsible for the review and implementation of the QAPjP developed for this site. This includes overall management of project operations including:
1. Review and approval of sampling procedures and QA plans, including approval of monitoring site locations, data quality objectives, chemical analysis parameters, schedules, and manpower allocations. 2. Overseeing the implementation of corrective action, as detailed either in the QAPjP or as prescribed by the QAM, when quality assessment results indicate the need for such actions. 3. Incorporating the Review Team's comments in all project related work. 4. Preparation of Progress Reports with the assistance of support personnel. 4.5 Review Team
The Review Team for the North Penn Area 6 NPL Site RI/FS includes Mr. Timothy Travers and Mr. Gary Snyder (BVWST). The Review Team is responsible for the overall technical quality of the QA effort. They participate in all phases of the project. Specifically, the duties of the Review Team include the following:
NP-6/SECT4 07/02/93 . 4-3 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 4.0 Revision No.: ____0 Date: July 2. 1993 Page: 4 of 5_____
1. Reviewing each document prepared under each work assignment for the quality of the data referenced in the document and the validity of the conclusions derived.
2. Providing technical advice to the Project/Site Manager. 4.6 Data/Sample Coordinator
Mr. Robert Martel (BVWST) is the Data/Sample Coordinator for the North Penn Area 6 NPL Site RI/FS. The Data/Sample Coordinator is responsible for all data processing, quality control, scheduling laboratory space, and internal audits. 4.7 Health and Safety Manager
As specified in the BVWST Health and Safety Manual for Hazardous Waste Site Investigations. Mr. John Schill is the firm's Health and Safety Manager (HSM). In this capacity, Mr. Schill is the primary safety professional in BVWST and is responsible for establishing, implementing, and administrating an effective health and safety program that is consistent with company policy, appropriate regulations, and generally accepted health and safety standards. He will oversee the preparatation of and approve the Site Safety Plan which details the required standard operating procedures (SOP's) regarding site safety. A Site Safety Coordinator (SSC) will be designated to monitor the labeling, shipping, and control of hazardous or potentially hazardous samples onsite. In addition, the SSC will be responsible for daily health and safety briefings for all field personnel. 4.8 Laboratory Quality Control Supervisor
Ms. Patricia Krantz is the chief of the Quality Assurance Section, EPA Region HI, for the Central Regional Laboratory (CRL). In this capacity, Ms. Krantz is responsible for the overall direction of the CRL/CLP laboratory QA program. In the capacity of CRL Quality Assurance Officer (CRL/QA), Ms. Krantz is charged with resolving conflicts regarding laboratory QA/QC issues.
NP-6/SECT4 07/02/93 4-4 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL'SITE Section: ____4.0 Revision No.: __ 1 Date: August 6, 1993 Page: 5 of 5______
4.9 Laboratory Quality Control Manager
Ms. Monica Jones, EPA Region HI, CRL Quality Assurance Division, is assigned to the North Penn Area 6 NPL Site RI/FS. She will act as liaison to the ARCS team regarding analytical issues (410) 573-6847. 4.10 Laboratory Sample Control Officer
Ms..Annette Lage is the manager of the Regional Sample Control Center (RSCC) of Region III EPA. She is also the Sample Management Office's (SMO) Regional Representative and will handle all Routine Analytical Services (RAS) and Special Analytical Services (SAS) requests, as well as questions related to sample handling or shipping (410) 573-6843. 4.11 Remedial Project Manager
Mr. Gregory Ham is the Remedial Project Manager for the North Penn Area 6 NPL Site RI/FS. In this capacity, Mr. Ham will have final approval over the siting of the borings, as well as all other aspects of the project (215) 597-4750. 4.12 EPA Project Officer
Mr. Joseph Tralie is the EPA Project Officer (215) 597-1190. 4.13 EPA Contracting Officer
Mr. James Clark is the EPA Contracting Officer (215) 597-9921. The resumes of key BVWST project personnel can be found in Attachment C.
NP-6/SECT4 08/06/93 4-5
AR300W5 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 5.0 Revision No.:, ____1 Date: August 6, 1993 Page: ___1 of 6______
5.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE OBJECTIVES FOR MEASUREMENT
The primary objectives of the North Penn Area 6 NPL Site RI/FS are to determine those properties on which soil contamination is present, to define the nature and extent of soil contamination, and to identify the most effective remediation plan for the North Penn Area 6 NPL Site that can successfully mitigate potential impacts on the environment and public health. This will be accomplished through the completion of a RI and FS which conforms to EPA Guidance for Conducting Remedial Investigations and Feasibility Studies under CERCLA (Interim Final, U.S. EPA, October 1988).
Data collected during previous investigations of the groundwater, surface water, and soil provides some baseline information on the types of contaminants on the site. However, there is no sufficient data available for the delineation of contaminated soils as source areas regarding groundwater contamination. The following are the overall objectives of the RI/FS: • Delineation of the areas where soils may be source areas for groundwater contamination; • Determination of the effects of soil contamination on the groundwater;
• Assessment of the risks to human health; and
• Development and evaluation of remedial alternatives. The sampling and analysis and associated quality assurance efforts are aimed at achieving these objectives in a timely, cost-effective, and safe manner. 5.1 DATA QUALITY CHARACTERISTICS
Data quality characteristics include precision, accuracy, representativeness, completeness, and comparability. These characteristics are defined as follows.
NP-6/SECT6 08/06/93 5-1 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 5.0 Revision No.: ______1 Date: August 6, 1993 Page: 2 of 6
Accuracy. Accuracy is the degree of agreement of a measurement with an accepted true value. Precision. Precision is defined as the degree of agreement between numeric values from two or more measurements which have been made in an identical fashion. Completeness. Completeness is a measure of the amount of the valid data obtained from the measurement system compared to what is expected under normal conditions. Critical samples are those for which completeness must be 100 percent. Critical samples for the North Perm Area 6 NPL Site RI/FS are samples collected from background locations. Representativeness. Representativeness expresses the degree to which sample data accurately and precisely represent selected characteristics. Comparability. Comparability expresses consistency in sampling and analytical procedures so that one data set can be compared to another. 5.2 DATA QUALITY OBJECTIVES 5.2.1 Data Quality Objectives for Soil Investigation The primary objectives of the soil investigation are to determine the effects of residual soil contamination on the groundwater, delineate the areas of soil contamination, assess the risks to human health, and develop and evaluate remedial alternatives. The accuracy, precision, and completeness required for soil data is presented in Table 5-1. In order to obtain the most representative samples possible, soil boring sampling locations ranging from near surface to the shallow bedrock have been proposed for each property ^ These borings will be drilled in a phased approach within each property being investigated to efficiently delineate the extent of soil contamination, as well as provide information for an assessment of the risk to human health and the environment. The use of EPA analytical methods, as well as ASTM methods, and the CLP (or equivalent) will assist in providing comparable data. All sampling events will follow the established sample collection and handling procedures by EPA to provide common ground for comparison between seasons and locations. The laboratory selected for physical soil parameters will be obtained through the EPA Special Analytical Services (SAS) program.
NP-B/SECTB 08/06/93 5-2 IR300U37 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 5.0 Revision No.: 0 Date: July 2, 1993 Page: 3 of 6
TABLE 5-1
TARGET VALUES FOR SOIL DATA QUALITY CHARACTERISTICS
Precision Test (Relative % Accuracy Test Method Difference) (% Recovery) Completeness (%) -3
TAL Metals See CLP SOW 35 70-130* 80 3/90 (ILM01.0) TCL Organics See CLP SOW 35 60-140* 80 3/90 (OLM01.0) Porosity ** N/A*** N/A 70 Bulk Density ASTM D2937 N/A*** N/A 70 Grain Size Distribution & Sieve Accuracy ASTM D422-63, Testing D421-85, and (1) N/A*** N/A 70 Total Organic Carbon SW846 Method 9060 N/A*** N/A 70 Cation Exchange Capacity SW846 Method 9081 N/A*** N/A 70 Saturated Hydrau- ASTM D2434 or N/A*** N/A 70 lie Conductivity ASTM D5084**** Percent Moisture ASTM D2216 N/A*** N/A 70
Key: CLP SOW: Contract Laboratory Program Statement of Work TAL = Target Analyte List TCL = Target Compound List (VOA, BNA, and PCB/Peeticide) • = Refer to the CLP SOW ** = Porosity will be determined during the Saturated Hydraulic Conductivity testing. ••• = Physical tests rely primarily upon frequent equipment calibration to assess data quality. Precision and accuracy (bias) values have not been conclusively established. • *•• = Whichever is applicable, based upon soil characteristics. (1) = Procedures in Sedimentary Petrology, Chapter 3. N/A = Not Applicable
NP-6/SECT6 07/02/93 5-3 AR300i*38 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 5.0 Revision No.: ____1 Date: August 6. 1993 Page: 4 of 6
5.3 Laboratory Quality Objectives
5.3.1 Mobile Laboratories The mobile laboratory quality objectives are to provide consistent results of known quality in a short period of time. The QC requirements for the mobile lab will include, at a minimum, calibration, standard analysis, blank analysis, matrix spike analysis, and duplicate analysis. The data generated by the mobile laboratory, when verified by CLP laboratory results, will be used as the primary data to determine the extent of soil contamination. The mobile laboratory will be using a gas chromatograph (GC) with an electron capture detector (ECD), a flame ionization detector (FID), and a photoionization detector (PID) mounted in series. This will allow for low level detection limits (< 10 ppb), depending upon the analyte. The GC will be calibrated at the beginning of each field day with standards of known concentration covering the range of expected sample concentrations. A standard is run a minimum of once every 10 samples to check calibration. If the result of this run varies by greater than_±2Q%, the GC will be recalibrated. All sampling components will be mechanically cleaned and decontaminated using an aqueous Liquinox solution and distilled water rinse prior to use. All needles and associated tubing are completely contaminant-free prior to use and will be decontaminated or disposed of following sample collection. To further ensure data accuracy, all components will be checked chromatographically for carryover of any contaminants on a minimum frequency of every 10 samples. Needle blanks will be run a minimum of once every 5 samples to ensure that there is no cross contamination from the syringe. The needle blank is conducted by drawing ambient air into the syringe and injecting it into the column. If the syringe cannot be completely decontaminated a new one is used.
Matrix spikes will be analyzed at a minimum frequency of once every 20 samples. Spike samples indicate matrix interference. A duplicate analysis of a sample will be run at a minimum frequency of once every 10 samples. Duplicate samples ensure the precision of the sampling and analytical methods.
NP-6/SECT6 08/06/93 5-4
ftR300l*39 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 5.0 Revision No.: ____1 Date: August 6, 1993 Page: _____5 of 6_____
The results of the standards, blanks, matrix spikes, and duplicates will be included with the sample data in a spreadsheet format. 5.3.2 CLP Laboratories The CLP laboratory will be used for confirmatory samples. At least 10% of the samples will be sent to the CLP laboratory to obtain legally defensible data of the highest quality. The laboratory quality objectives are to provide consistent results of known and documented quality. Stringent QC requirements are placed on all laboratories participating in the CLP. In addition to these QA/QC procedures, each laboratory is encouraged to develop additional internal QA/QC procedures. The initial and ongoing evaluation of participating laboratories ensures that acceptable precision and accuracy are maintained. Specific laboratory QC procedures for the CLP can be found in the CLP SOW for Organic and Inorganic Analyses, Multi-Media, Multi-Concentration, March 1990, (Document numbers OLM01.0 and ILM01.0 with all subsequent revisions). CLP QC procedures require the use of laboratory control samples, blanks, duplicate samples, calibration checks, and matrix spike sample recoveries for the evaluation of laboratory precision and accuracy during metal analysis. The frequency and application of QC sample analysis is further defined in the CLP SOW. 5.4 Data Management Objectives
The objective of the data management program is to provide a useful and complete data base. To be considered "useful", the data must first be accurately logged and compiled into a comprehensive and consistent form. The data must then be validated using one of the Region III data validation levels. These range from only considering the detected organic compounds, through a quantitative assessment based on summarized Quality Control information for inorganics and organics, to a full review using the latest Region III modifications to the National Functional Guidelines for Evaluating Organics Analyses and the National Functional Guidelines for Evaluating Inorganics Analyses. 5.4.1 Data Validation for Mobile Laboratory Data The data that is obtained from the mobile laboratory will be validated by NUS Corporation using the M-2 review level for organics. This level of data validation is an abbreviated version of the Functional Guidelines and relies heavily on summarized Quality Control
NP-6/SECTE 07/02/93 5-5
AR300HO NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 5.0 Revision No.: ____1 Date: August 6, 1993 Page: 6 of 6_____
information, and provides a quantitative assessment of data quality, false negatives, and detection limits. NUS will prepare a data validation report and submit it to the EPA RPM. 5.4.2 Data Validation for CLP Laboratories The data that is generated by CLP laboratories (including SAS laboratories) will be validated by the EPA Region III Central Regional Laboratory (CRL) using the M-2 review level for organics and the IM-2 review level for inorganics and the physical parameters.
* NP-6/SECTB 07/02)93 5-6 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 6.0 Revision No.: ____0 Date: July 2, 1993 Page: 1 of 9
6.0 SAMPLING PROCEDURES
This section summarizes the sampling procedures that will be used at the North Penn Area 6 NPL Site. The Field Sampling Plan (FSP) presents the sampling procedures in more detail and should be the document referenced during the field activities. Section 2 of the FSP details soil sampling procedures. During the course of the RI, environmental samples will be collected to determine the nature and extent of contamination at the site as well as provide data for a risk assessment. Sampling efforts will focus on the soil, as it may be a source of groundwater contamination. The FSP describes in detail the objectives of the sampling investigation. The following subsections describe procedures to be used during sampling. 6.1 Selection of Sampling Locations
Using a phased approach, the sampling locations chosen will provide substantial data to delineate areas of soil contamination. In Phase I, each of the nineteen properties to be investigated will be sampled using a scatter pattern in an effort to screen areas of the properties to focus the Phase II sampling effort. In Phase II, the sample locations will be in a concentrated area based upon the findings during Phase I. This data will allow detailed areal and preliminary vertical delineations of contaminated soils. Phase III sampling locations will be based on the Phase I & II data. The purpose of Phase III will be to provide a detailed vertical delineation of soil contamination. The sampling programs and site selection rationale are discussed in more detail in the FSP. 6.2 Sampling Equipment
Soil borehole samples will be collected using a tube sampler attached onto a Geoprobe type drilling rod. Stainless steel scoopulas may be used to aid in borehole sample collection.
NP-5/SECT6 07/02/93 6-1 &R30QUU2 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 6.0 Revision No.: ____1 Date: August 6, 1993 Page: 2 of 9_____
The undisturbed samples for physical analyses will be taken using a Shelby tube with a minimum inside diameter of 1.5 inches. To prevent cross-contamination, all sampling devices will be decontaminated or disposed of between sampling points. Decontamination procedures are explained in Section 4.3 of the FSP. 6.3 Sample Collection
Table 6-1 summarizes sample collection requirements. Containers, volumes, preservatives, and holding times are provided for each analysis and environmental medium.
Upon retrieval of the sampling device, it will be opened and sampled for the parameters in the following order: • TCL VOA (immediately, to minimize VOA losses); • TCL BNA (CLP only); . • TCL PCB/Pesticide (CLP only); and : • TAL Metals '(CLP only). Soil gas samples will be collected using the following procedures following manufacturer's instructions. 1. Drive sampling pipe to the desired depth. 2. Lower soil gas sampling device through the pipe and seal at the sampling depth. 3. Purge the system with filtered ambient air at 70 times the void space volume of the sampling system. 4. Purge the system with in-site soil gas approximately 25 void space volume of the sampling system. 5. Withdraw soil gas sample with a syringe pump. 6. Encapsulate the gas sample in a pre-evacumed glass vial and pressurized to two atmospheres. 7. Place the sample in an opaque protective container at ambient temperature. The physical analyses will be taken as an undisturbed sample, so no other samples will be
NP-5/SECT6 08/06/93 6-2
ftR300UU3' NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 6.0 Revision No.: ____1 Date: August 6. 1993 Page: 3 of 9_____ taken from that .depth. All of the TCL VOA samples will be analyzed by either the NUS mobile laboratory or an analytical facilities provided by the Geoprobe operator. If the NUS laboratory is used, these samples will be delivered to the offsite mobile laboratory approximately twice per day. During a break-down of the mobile laboratory, field sampling will recess if the laboratory problem can be fixed within a two day period. If the expected problem shooting time exceeds two days, a CLP laboratory will be arranged for sample analysis. All CLP Organic and Inorganic samples and physical parameter samples will be sent to the assigned laboratory by overnight courier at the end of each sampling day. Sample shipment will follow the packaging and labelling procedures outlined in Section 7.
All sample containers, preservatives, and distilled reagent-grade water will be obtained by the data/sample coordinator from an EPA approved supplier.
NP-5/SECT6 07/02/93 6-3 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 6.0 Revision No.: __ 1 Date: August 6, 1993 Page: 4 of 9_____
TABLE 6-1 Sample Volumes, Containers, Preservation, and Holding Times ANALYSIS METHOD SAMPLE QUANTITY/CONTAINER PRESERVATION HOLDING TIME
WATER BLANKS Organics VOA* EPA CLP 3-40 ml glass VOA 1:1 HCL'to pH<,2 14 days SOW OLM01.0** vials w/Teflon/ Cool to 4°C Silicone septa completely filled (no head space) BNA* EPA CLP 1-80 oz. amber glass Cool to 4'C 7 days to SOW OLM01.0** jug w/Teflon lid liner extract PCB/Pest* EPA CLP 1-80 oz. amber glass Cool to 4eC 7 days to SOW OLM01.0** jug w/Teflon lid liner extract * = TCL Organics ** = With all revisions Inorganics TAL Metals EPA CLP 1-liter poly- HN03 to pH<2 6 months SOW ILM01.0** ethylene bottle Cool to 4°C (28 days Hg) Total EPA 415.1 1-8 oz. glass jar H2S04 to pH<2 28 days Organic w/Teflon lid liner Cool to 48C Carbon
** = With all revisions
NP-5/SECT6 07/02/93 6-4 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 6.0 Revision No.: ____1 Date: August 6, 1993 Page: 5 of 9______
TABLE 6-1 (Cont.) Sample Volumes, Containers, Preservation, and Holding Times ANALYSIS METHOD SAMPLE QUANTITY/CONTAINER PRESERVATION HOLDING TIME
SOIL Organics VOA* EPA CLP 2-40 ml glass VOA Cool to 4'C 14 days to SOW OLC01.0** vials w/Teflon/ extract Silicone septa completely filled BNA* EPA CLP 1-8 oz. glass jar Cool to 4°C 7 days to SOW OLM01.0** w/Teflon lid liner extract, 40 days to analysis PCB/Pest* EPA CLP 1-8 oz. glass jar Cool to 4°C 7 days to SOW OLM01.0** w/Teflon lid liner extract, 40 days to analysis * = TCL Organics ** = With all revisions Inorganics TAL Metals EPA CLP 1-8 oz. glass, jar Cool to 4°C 6 months SOW ILM01.0** w/Teflon lid liner (28 days Hg) Total EPA/COE 1-8 oz. glass jar Cool to 4'C 28 days Organic CE-81-1 w/Teflon lid liner Carbon * = Technical holding times have only been established for water matrix. In Reg-ion II, the holding time criteria for water samples are applied to soil samples. ** = With all revisions
NP-5/SECT6 07/02/93 6-5 AR300H6 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: ___ 6.0 Revision No.: ______I Date: August 6. 1993 Page: 6 of 9______
Table 6-1 (Cont.) Sample Volumes, Containers, Preservation, and Holding Times
ANALYSIS METHOD SAMPLE QUANTITY/CONTAINER PRESERVATION HOLDING K Physical Analyses* Grain Size ASTM D422 SheTby Tube ASTM D4220 N/A Cation SW-846 She!by Tube Cool to 4°C 24 hours Exchange 9081 Capacity Porosity ** She!by Tube ASTM D4220 N/A Saturated ASTM D2434 She!by Tube . ASTM D4220 N/A Hydraulic or ASTM Conduc- D5084*** tivity Bulk ASTM 2937 She!by Tube ASTM D4220 N/A Density Percent ASTM D2216 1-8 oz. wide mouth Cool to 4°C N/A Moisture glass jar * = The laboratory selected for these analysis must receive approval by EPA. ** = To be reported with the Saturated Hydraulic Conductivity data. *** = Whichever is applicable, based upon soil characteristics.
NP-5/SECT6 08/06/93 6-6 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 6.0 Revision No.: ____1 Date: August 6, 1993 Page: 7 of 9_____
Table 6-1 - References
EPA Methods: Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes. U.S. EPA-600/4-79- 020, March 1988. EPA CLP SOW ILM01.0: USEPA Contract Laboratory Program (CLP) Statement of Work (SOW) for- Inorganic Analysis, Multi-Media Multi-Concentration, Document Number ILM01.0, March 1990 including all subsequent revisions. EPA CLP SOW OLM01.0: USEPA CLP SOW for Organic Analysis, Multi-Media Multi- Concentration, Document Number ILM01.0, March 1990 including all subsequent revisions. ASTM: American Society for Testing and Materials, Annual Book of ASTM Standards, 1993. SW-846: Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste Physical/Chemical Methods (SW-846), 1986. EPA/COE: EPA/Corps of Engineers, Procedures for Handling and Chemical Analysis of Sediment and Water Samples, May 1981.
NP-5/SECT6 08/06/93 6-7 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: ___6.0 Revision No.: ___ 1 Date: August 6, 1993 Page: 8 of 9_____
6.4 Field Documentation
A bound field notebook must be maintained by the sampling team leader to provide daily records of significant events, observations, and measurements during field investigations. Each page will be numbered and is to be signed and dated. All members of the field investigation team will maintain a field notebook. These notebooks will be kept as permanent records. Field notebooks are intended to provide sufficient data and observations to enable participants to reconstruct events that occurred during projects and. to refresh the memory of the field personnel if called upon to give testimony during legal proceedings. In a legal proceeding, notes, if referred to, are subject to cross-examination and are admissible as evidence.. The field notebook entries should be legible, factual, detailed, and objective.
All original data recorded in field notebooks will be written in waterproof ink. These accountable, serialized documents are not to be destroyed or thrown away, even if they are illegible or contain inaccuracies that require a replacement document.
If an error is made on an accountable document assigned to one person, that individual may make corrections simply by crossing out the error and entering the correct information. The erroneous information should not be obliterated. Any error discovered on an accountable document should be corrected by the person who made the entry. All corrections must be initialed and dated. Information in field notebooks will include but not be limited to the following items: • Names and affiliations of personnel on site. • General description of each day's field activities. • Documentation of weather conditions during sampling.
• Location of sampling (station number as description). • Name and address of field and local emergency contacts (in cover of logbook).
NP-5/SECT6 08/06/93 6-8 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 6.0 Revision No.: ____1 Date: August 6, 1993 Page: 9 of 9_____
• Decontamination information. • Changes in the scope of work due to changes in field
• Laboratory delivery information. • Records of field equipment malfunction and repair. • Records of site visitations. • Records of field and lab equipment calibrations. • Type of sample matrix (e.g., soil, groundwater, etc.).
• Date and time of collection. • Sample identification number(s). • Sampler's name. • Sample type (composite, split, etc.). • Source and types of preservatives used. • Observations of sample or collection environment, if needed. • Any field measurements made such as pH, conductivity, temperature, etc. • Sample distribution (e.g., laboratory, etc.). • Readings taken with OVA or PID. Photographs will be taken to supplement the field logbooks. At the end of every sampling day, the Field Team Leader will collect and store the logbooks in a safe location.
NP-5/SECT6 08/06/93 6-9
HR300U50 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: ___ 6.0 Revision No.: ______1 Date: August 6, 1993 Page: 10 of 9_____
All photographs shall be identified on the back of the print with the following information: v • An accurate description of what the photograph shows, including the name of the facility or site and the specific project name and project code.
• The location, date, and time that the photograph was taken. • The orientation of the photograph (i.e., looking northeast, etc.). • The name or initials of the photographer(s).
NP-5/SECT6 08/06/93 6-10 AR300l*5-[ NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 7.0 Revision No.: ____0 Date: July 2, 1993 Page: 1 of 18
7.0 SAMPLE CUSTODY
The primary objective of sample custody procedures is to create an accurate written record which can be used to trace the possession and handling of all samples from the moment of their collection, through analysis, until their final disposition. All procedures for sample labeling, handling, and reporting will comply with EPA approved labeling and chain-of- custody methods. The following sections discuss custody procedures and the involved paperwork. Section 7.1 provides detailed descriptions of each form. Laboratory custody procedures will specifically follow CLP procedures outlined in the CLP Statement of Work, Exhibit F. 7.1 Sample Paperwork
7.7.7 CLP Laboratories Samples are identified by a sample identification tag which is attached to the sample container. (An example tag is shown in Figure 7-1). The sample tags are sequentially numbered and are accountable documents after they are completed and attached to a sample. The information recorded on the sample tag includes these items:
Project Code - 91-19-3LW9. Station No. and - The sampling location as specified by the SM, for Location example: F5. Date - The date in MM/DD/YY format, for example: 10/01/93 is October 1, 1993. Time - The time of collection in 24-hour clock format, for example: 0954 is 9:54 a.m. and 1847 is 6:47 p.m. Sample Type - i.e., grab or composite. Preservation - Check "Yes" or "No" as appropriate.
Sampler(s) - Signatures of the sampler(s). Analysis - Check appropriate box, for example: metals.
NP-B/SECT7 AR300I452 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 7.0 Revision No.: ____0 Date: July 2, 1993 Page: 2 of 18
SttftonNe Tim. Comp O'«t>
J-if => o 3f 2 1 E D j - » » M * D
UNrtlO »TATE$ ENVIRONMENTAL MOTECTION AaiNCY e &EPA
CUSTODY SEAL 555 ' 1V3SAOO1SOO Signature
Figure 7-1 Sample Container I.D. Tag and EPA Custody Seal North Penn Area 6 Source Control RI/FS
NP-6/SECT7 07/02/93 7-2 AR30LU53 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 7.0 Revision No.: ____0 Date: July 2, 1993 Page: 3 of 18
Sample ID Number - Write the number of the sample. After adding the information to the tag, it is attached to the sample and placed in the shipping container. An individual sample identification (ID) number is assigned to each sample collected in the field to distinguish matrix, site location, and a unique sample number. The environmental samples collected as part of this RI/FS will be from soil borings: A typical method for labelling samples is to use a three (3) part code as follows: e.g. SB-Property Name-17
1. Matrix definition: Soil Boring (SB) 2. Location collected: Soil Boring Location (Property Name) 3. Sample number: Unique number of sample taken from that position or the depth of soil sample in inches. The mobile laboratory will also assign an unique code which identifies each sample and analytical batch number. By utilizing these ID numbers, each sample can be tracked from the initial field book entry and sample tagging, through shipment and receipt at the mobile analytical laboratory, and finally to laboratory data summary sheets. A Traffic Report/Chain-of-Custody (Figure 7-2, 7-3, and 7-4) may also be used to document either CLP organic, CLP inorganic or SAS samples. A traffic report is a four part carbonless form that may document up to ten samples shipped to a CLP laboratory under one case number. Samplers record every sample on the form by completing the columns for these items: CLP Sample Number - Enter the CLP Sample No. from the printed RAS/SAS labels (see Figure 7-5). Sample Description - Enter the appropriate sample description code from Box 7 of the Traffic Report.
NP-6/SECT7 07/02/93 7-3 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 7.0 Revision No. : 0 Date: July 2, 1993 Paae: 4 of 18
.
•ft f- 1-\ A "• « *••»> f •*•*•"»•» ••««t«r *«^tr Inorganic Traffic Report s*s NO CattNo *_V h H/\ """c L1fe"~i'i*ra~_5?.'?«Tn'r'"' °"t* ft Chain of Custody Record <"«~<«"< ^•W I— I ' » W3SS-NK PTSSS-J49C (Fei Morga-K C.P AnalyM) 1 Pro|tc Cao« Acco^i Coo* 2 Region No i Sampunj Co 4 Dmtt Sri^pto iCarritr g Prtttr 7 Samplt : I vauvt DttC'lpliOr ! 1 1 J?n'9r '" (Enltr ifl Column A> 1 V MO L ' !. HNO3 • 1 . fcnact Wat*' iMo- SJO*^VTC ^og'j- i Sampef Sigr\«ture 5 SfipTo 3 NtOH 1 ...... ?'KjC"jO? 4 Hnutt Snt Na>ne •« Typ» ol Activity ••"" ' •»»• S, lot only f . Oil (SAS '« •.. RIFS : — ! CLEM — 1| ' 7'9?!K 7 Wasll 'SAS- ISF ~ •— «» oo j — : BEUA| — I: (SASI Om)« :SAS, ,r,. c-.ie S'f Sc ' !D p^p ' PA i _ Wk | _ ; REM (Spefriyt """' ' S* __ SS __ OAM . _ OfL 1 ^ "O* r.l P » B C D E RAS An«ly».l if .0 ' H . 1 J Sl-D« En"' Conc S»™» Pfttf •' u...,1—— — S ——^» : —— R^iona; Sftalx Sutitr ktaUty Sampltr Corrwp KnilKj FuTToC i |.,c_ '- ""~ "tc -o~; iron- || ,| - ''i ' ~ of Ttg Numdtrt t*jmne- S»mplt Same Nfc
... * • 1 ! I ; ' 1 ' : 1 1 I ! ' ' • ' I • . ! i
. ' 1 i .|- r • . ; ! i ' • ; x^.~i-':\Z"e S'9' "' —— ; Sanp, j»tc 10. . »p.« ana/or oupkcait Aoonona, Sampn- S.5r,«u'« Chain of CuBoOStay' Nu"iot'
CHAIN OF CUSTODY RECORD fie^.s-tcr, :s,s^f D.,trnet R««,«by ,*-.«.; R«itnQui«htO by (Stgnmturtl Dait Tirm ««*y«3D» (Stgwur*,
3t' ic- s*^»c c, 'S'5'^.vr#, Daw TIRW iRaoaivae by (Signuatt) R4Hinoo*v»fl by ISigntrarn Data Tim* Hauaiiia. by (Sywtt I Datt R*c*vte to> Laeacanry by Out im» Hamantt M ouiiooy Mat intact1* Y/N/ntx>t CSjnaiuwj
K7l-4i. vrmiMt ••«•« MM IMf H MM SpMS*mpM* ; — |AoMci»o (Spittr*; - WM. TD18600
Figure 7-2 EPA Inorganic Traffic Report/Chain-of-Custody Form North Penn Area 6 Source Control RI/FS
JMP-BJSECT7 AR30QU5S NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 7.0 Revision No.: ____0 Date: July 2, 1993 Page: 5 of 18
A. i— i-\ A U*IM sum [-.*»•-»<•» e.0« 5-*«.-c, Organic Traffic Report SAS NO Catt No lK* p P^/-\ c°"l"r "So fc',>.°r^!TuS?«M??3?;"<*" °"15* * Chain of Custody Record ^^ ••» ' , ' » 703 W ?«*C FTSSil?490 (for Organ* C|.P AnafySii ' ' PrOjtct Caot ' Account Coot 2 Ragnn No. Sampling Co « Datt SruopM Carntr t Pltltr 7 Sampit vai>vt Datcnption tEnttr tn (Enttr P.tgion» "Hormatio" Sampw fHmmtl Ajr»' Numoaf Column D) tn Column A} t OmundWaai No" Sjpt^jnc "^oQ'i1" Sampitf Signatu't S Ship To 2 HN03 3 LaaCTatt 3 NahSO< 4 Rm&att S Sal'Saoimtnt S.I6 Si-» 3 Typt O1 Activity ~-».» *»-— » . S, CWt'4 p» »,. 'BIFS —— ^CtEM~ t C* (SAS 7 Wain (SAS c.-i s-4'? sntSpn.D ST — ssi — B«M' — 'O^L CIJ' 1 Otrv.- (SAS) FES——ILS^NPtDCrUST D rpAB.ClC' E f S H 1 | J K CJ^DI. Emt- Cone 'samp* P'tif • RASAnaiyi't , R«giona' Spacrtic aauo- Mo/Day fSampIt' COHMP Vaa'Timt kwiait CLP mo'g FWKIOC ,, tro-^ Mac Co^-p ' lro~ '; Hig*-. of Tag Numbtrj Numo*' Sampit Samp No ( ^, *" i "v- ,*• «;»*>*! sss «0o CoMCIlO" ! , i ! .': i 1 —————— \ ; ! | i i '. 1 : • i i' ! 1 ; —————————————————————— i —— j —————————————————— i i j j 1 1 i S- ;**-• 'c- Case Pag* ' c' __ Sampw altc 'o- » lp*nt tno O' ouptcalt ; Addtwna Sampitr Stgnatu'tt Chain o* Coftooy St« Numbt* cc— ore" " K . • | | '1 • 1 CM/UN OF CUSTODY RECORD •*•*>.*•<:,. fa*™*,, Daic Tim* R*c* -it ^c_' VW c, 'S'gnitjrt, Dai* A*c* stctvtcoy s-ana-urt, "Hmt A*c»vtO lor lifioraiyy by 0*« ' Timt Hamaru tc ar«ody »ai (ntacf Y/N/noo* £t.?,™"" M' Figure 7-3 EPA Organic Traffic Report/Chain-of-Custody Form North Penn Area 6 Source Control RI/FS NP-6/SECT7 07/02/93 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 7.Q Revision No. : 0 Date: Julv 2. 1993 Paqe: 6 of 18 i&EPA^^^•T^^^T^0^ sPecial Analytical Service SAS No \ Protaa Cost AauuntCoCt 2. Region No. Sampling Co 4. Om Sfuppao Camat . . o. sampia 7. Pttiarvaiivt Datcription (Entfr in Column C) Rational InformaBoc *™**<*™> Art,INur*r in'c'o'lum»A) ' 1 Sirlae* Watt- 1. HCI Non.SuparturC Progrmrr SanpMr Synarjft • 5. SMp To i Oraune Wat.' 2. HNO3 lUachBt J NAHSO4 ...... - 4 RHltlt 4. MjSO. Snt Mama 3 Typ* 01 Anvny a«w_ ^i^> 5 Soit.'Saoimn*t S NAO- i-« •» RIFS[~JCLEM —— i 1. Oil i Otfif SF 1— j am-* BO !— IREMA, — . 7. Waaia C*y sot. | S*. So, S7 .ZJSS' __ O4M . _ On. i _ '.> fSpaorry/ N No: pttfvtc FED ILSI N*^r» .UST i , Svtpit A B C 1 D E 1 F sne Ptt»*n/. i ' Anajytit RaflicnH Spacrte mnor- V^a/Tima Samcia' DaaiQnaiao En» ; u3« ativt ' Traokinf Numear Locator *»"i ; M ,0- u«ad or Tag Njmbat Ktonfldtr ioiE Htgh tro''' Cokanon i Box? I 1 i 1 i 2 i ' i : - ; . 3 ' 4 , 1 ' : i ——————— :—— — j——— — •— Si' 1 \ 6 : > . t • i 1 - . i 10 ! i ! ' . SfMpin- 'o' SAS Paga • o< _ ' Samplt J\K lo' Spiu anovo> Dupiicaia Aaononai Sanpw Signaiu'«t Chain o* CuatoOy S*a, Sumo*' oompittt" , Y'N, CHAIN OF CUSTOOY RECORD RannqgisnK by ISqntnjii Data Tim* Raotivadfty f&onaiir*; Raimquiantxi by (Signtrun/ Do* Tim* FteeaivvO by (Svwif Rwinquivte' by f'&9naiurf, [ Datt Tim* Raoawaoby (Signturtl RMngmtnae by fS Figure 7-4 EPA SAS Packing List/Chain-of-Custody Form North Penn Area 6 Source Control RI/FS NP-B/SECT7 7-e NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 7.0 Revision No.: Date: July 2. 1993 Page: 7 of 18 MCFP38 - TOTAL METALS CDP 33 . Enraciahlf MCFP3 8 - TOTAL METALS CDP 33 .ExtmuU* MCFP38 - CYANIDE CDP 33 .Ear-tibl, HCFP38 - CYANIDE CDP 33 .Enrwtable MCFP38 CDP 33 .VOA MCFP38 CDP 33 .VOA MCFP38 CDP 33 CDP 33 CDP 33 SCO168 CDP 33 SC0168 SC0168 SC0168 SC0168 SC0168 Figure 7-5 EPA Sample Numbers North Penn Area 6 Source Control RI/FS NP-B/SECT7 07/02/93 7-7 AR30LU58 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 7.0 Revision No.: ____0 Date: July 2, 1993 Page: 8 of 18 Concentration - If sample is estimated to be low enter "L", medium enter"M", high enter"H". Sample Type - Enter Grab or Composite. Preservatives - Write the code from box 6 to describe the preservative used. o RAS Analysis - Check the analysis requested on each sample. Station Location - Enter the station location. Number . • Date/Time of Sample - Enter the date and time of sample collection. Collection Sampler's Initials - Enter the initials of the sampler. Corresponding CLP - Enter the corresponding CLP Sample No. for Sample Number organic or inorganic analysis. Designated Field QC - Enter the appropriate code if the sample is a QC sample, otherwise enter a dash. Type of Activity - Check the appropriate code which describes the task of the sampling mission. Enter the site name, the city, and state in the designated spaces. Regional Information - Enter the region number, the name of the sampling company, and the sampler's name in the designated space. Shipping Information - Enter the date shipped, the carrier, and the airbill number. Also, enter the name of the CLP laboratory and its full address in the box. Enter the name of the Sample Custodian. NP-B/SECT7 07/02/93 7-8 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 7.0 Revision No.: ______0 Date: July 2, 1993 Page: 9 of 18 A sample tracking matrix (example shown in Figure 7-6) may be used to record all pertinent information related to each sample. The following list indicates the information required for filling out a sample tracking matrix form. Sample Matrix - Enter sample matrix (e.g. soil). Project Number - Enter project site number. Case No. - Enter SAS or RAS case number. Sample ID Number - Indicate the sample identification number. Sample Location - Indicate sample location and note if sample is duplicate, blank, etc. Date/Time - Enter date and time sample was collected. Samplers - Enter the name of the samplers. Photo - If photographs are taken, enter photographer's * initials, roll number, frame number, and date. pH, Cond., Temp (°C) - Enter field measurements as appropriate. Filter, Preserved - Note whether sample is filtered and/or preserved. Project Name - Indicate project name. ITR / OTR No. - Enter the CLP sample number. Analysis - Indicate the method which the sample is to analyzed, and the name of the laboratory to perform the analyses. C.O.C. No. - Indicate the chain-of-custody report number. NP-B/SECT7 07/02/93 7-9 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 7.Q Revision No.: o Date: July 2, 1993 Page: 10 of 18 SAMPLE TYPE: STE: CASE NO.: (j^t-Ll SAMPLE TRACKING MATRIX P.N. : r?» U*n.E ID vwric MIT ri« UfUJM rttna px can TO— l.T.H O.T.* c.o.c. TM. NO. KIM1U. &!' B.C. LOT KTTU _ tumat LOCATiai •c •0. M. IB. IB. DATE ID. TT— t riuTo IMKKXV KHH-rmt f* X i5 5i8 Figure 7-6 Sample Tracking Matrix Form North Penn Area 6 Source Control RI/FS HP-SJSfCTJ &R3QOU61 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 7.0 Revision No.: 0 Date: July 2, 1993 Page: 11 of 18 Tag No. - Indicate the tag identification number. Airbill No. - Enter the airbill number for the shipment. Ship Date - Enter the shipping date. QC Lot No. - List the QC Lot numbers of the sample containers. Bottle Type - Indicate the sample container type. Remarks - Add any remarks on the back side of the form and note at the bottom of the form. 7.1.2 Mobile Laboratory Sample custody is maintained by a Chain-of-Custody Record (example shown in Figure 7-7). The Chain-of-Custody Record is completed in duplicate by the individual designated by the SM as being responsible for sample shipment. The information recorded on this record includes these items: Project Number - The number of the project, for example: 91-19-3LW9. Project Name - The title of the project, for example: North Penn Area 6, RI/FS. Collected by - Print and sign the name(s) of the sampler(s) on the form. Sample No. - Write the number of the station. Date/Time Collected - Record the date and time of the sample collection. Sample Type - Indicate whether the sample is a composite or grab sample. NP-6/SECT7 07/02/93 7-11 AR30Q1462 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: ___LO Revision No.: ____0 Date: July 2, 1993 Page: 12 of 18 CHAIN OF CUSTODY RECORD PROJ NO WOJRT NAME NO. Of CON- T«JNEBS S1A *C DATE TIME STATION LOCATION ivte by DataTim* Raoatvad by iai«n«iu BataTima Aaoarwaa by •h»« by «r«ur,j Ralmquwhad by Oata/Tima HiO*ty«d for Lalxxatory ky Oata/TIm* tomaria jtion wni. ane r*lM» Ae*on«ai«*a INcnvm, Figure 7-7 Mobile Laboratory Chain of Custody North Penn Area 6 Source Control RI/FS NP-B/SECT7 O7/OZ/99 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 7.0 Revision No.: ____0 Date: July 2, 1993 Page: 13 of 18 Containers - Indicate the number of containers and type, for example: 2 glass. Sample Location - Print the location, for example: Soil.Boring 3. Analysis Required - Print the type of analysis required, for example: SW 6010. Remarks - Include additional information, e.g., cross-reference sampling numbers. Relinquished by - Signature of the person relinquishing the sample. Date/Time - Print the date and time at which the sample was relinquished. Received by - The signature of the receiving person is required. Special Shipment/ - Write any appropriate remarks, the Bottle Lot Handling/Storage Number. Requirements The chain-of-custody record is hand delivered to the mobile laboratory with the samples. The person receiving the samples signing the Chain of Custody Record. The mobile laboratory will retain the original, while the copy will be placed in the Project files. 7.2 Field Custody Procedures In order to maintain and document sample custody, the following chain-of-custody procedures will be strictly followed. A sample is considered to be under custody if it exhibits the following characteristics: • It is in actual possession of the responsible person. • It is in view, following physical possession. NP-B/SECT7 07/02/93 7-13 &R300U61* NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 7.0 Revision No.: ____0 Date: July 2. 1993 Page: 14 of 18 • It is in possession of a responsible person and is locked or sealed to prevent tampering. • It is in a secure area, such as a locked room or locked vehicle. By this definition, the individual collecting the samples is responsible for care and custody of the sample until it is transferred to the mobile laboratory or shipping company as detailed in Section 7.4. 7.3 Sample Packaging and Shipping All samples shipped to CLP laboratories will be packaged in compliance with current U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) regulations to avoid breakage or contamination. Samples will be shipped to the laboratory at proper temperatures to ensure sample preservation. The following sample packaging requirements will be followed: • Sample bottle lids are never to be mixed. All sample lids must stay with the original containers. • Unless otherwise specified, all sample bottles must be placed in a plastic bag to minimize the potential for vermiculite contamination. • The sample bottles, must be placed in the cooler in such a way as to ensure that they do not touch one another. • Empty space in the cooler should be filled in with inert packing material such as vermiculite or bubble wrap. Under no circumstances will locally obtained material (sawdust, sand, etc.) be used. • The original custody record must be placed in a plastic bag and taped to the bottom of the cooler lid. • All shipping containers will be custody-sealed for shipment to the laboratory. Custody seals (example shown hi Figure 7-1) are preprinted adhesive-backed seals with security slots designed to break if the seals are disturbed. Procedures include wrapping custody seals across the edge of the shipping container lid in such a way • as to indicate tampering. Two seals will be used per shipping container. Filament NP-6/SECT7 07/02/93 7-14 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 7.0 Revision No.: ____0 Date: July 2, 1993 Page: 15 of 18 tape will be wrapped around the package at least three times. The seal will be signed before the sample(s) is shipped. • Shipping coolers will have a clearly visible return address. 7.3.1 Packaging of Low-Concentration Samples for CLP Laboratories Low-hazard samples are defined as environmental or containing less than 10 ppm of any single constituent. All low hazard samples contaminated with organics will be cooled. Cooling of low hazard samples for inorganic soil analysis is optional. "Blue ice" or some other artificial icing material is preferred. If unavoidable, ice may be used, provided that it is placed in 3-mil plastic bags and secured. Ice is not to be used as a substitute for packing material. Shipping coolers will be lined with heavy, plastic garbage bags. A three- inch thick layer of vermiculite or other inert cushioning will be added to the bottom, followed by containerized ice or "blue ice" around the samples. Vermiculite or other inert filling material will be placed above the samples. Standard Coleman-type coolers will be used. 7.3.2 Packaging of Low-Concentration Samples for Mobile Laboratory Low-hazard samples that will be analyzed by the mobile laboratory will be temporarily stored in Coleman-type coolers. The samples will be cooled during this storage period using either an artificial cooling material ("Blue-ice") or ice sealed in 3-mil plastic ^ bags. Vermiculite will be used at the discretion of the sampler, as these samples will be in the sampler's custody from the time of sampling to the time of receipt at the laboratory via hand delivery. 7.3.3 Packaging of Medium-Concentration Samples for CLP Laboratories Medium concentration samples are defined as containing between 10 and 150,000 ppm of any constituent, or a sample with direct but diluted contamination, material from previous spills, discolored solid matrices, or turbid.liquids. All medium-hazard samples must first be placed in paint cans containing sufficient vermiculite or other inert material, to cushion the sample containers and absorb spills. These paint cans are sealed, properly labeled, and placed in the cooler or other appropriate shipping container. Medium-hazard samples are not to be cooled with ice or other artificial icing materials. These samples will be shipped according to current regulations. NP-B/SECT7 07/02/93 7-15 &R30QU66 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 7.0 Revision No.: 0 Date: July 2. 1993 Page: 16 of 18 7.3.4 Packaging of Medium Concentration Samples for Mobile Laboratory Medium hazard samples that will be analyzed by the mobile laboratory will be temporarily stored in Coleman-type coolers. These samples will not be stored with the low-hazard samples, and will not be cooled. Vermiculite will be used at the discretion of the sampler, as these samples will be in the sampler's custody from the time of sampling to the time of receipt at the laboratory via hand delivery. 7.3.5 Packaging of High-Concentration Samples High concentration samples are not expected to be present on this site. 7.3.6 Shipment Coordination with the Sample Management Office (SMO) The EPA Sample Management Office (SMO) will be notified immediately by BVWST of CLP laboratory sample shipments. Information to be conveyed to the SMO includes the following: • Sampler name. • Case Number of the project. • Exact number(s) and type(s) of the samples shipped. • Laboratory(ies) samples were shipped. • Carrier and airbill number(s) for shipment. • Method of shipment (for example, overnight). • Date of shipment. • Any irregularities or anticipated problems with the samples, deviations from established sampling procedures. • Status of the sampling project (for example, final shipment, or give update of future shipping schedule). NP-6/SECT7 07/02/93 .7-16 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 7.0 Revision No.: ____0 Date: July 2, 1993 Page: 17 of 18 7.4 Transferring of Custody In order to maintain and document sample custody, the following chain-of-custody procedures will be strictly followed. A sample is considered to be under custody if: • It is in actual possession of the responsible person. • It is in view, following physical possession. • It is in possession of a responsible person and is locked or sealed to prevent tampering. • It is in a secure area, such as a locked room or locked vehicle. By this definition, the individual collecting the samples is responsible for care and custody of the sample until transferred to the shipping company or mobile laboratory. 7.4.1 CLP Laboratories When transferring the possession of CLP samples, the individuals relinquishing and receiving will sign, date, and note the time on the record. This record documents the transfer of samples from the custody of the sampler to that of another person, or the laboratory. All such packages will be accompanied by the,Traffic Report/Chain-of-Custody record, which identifies the contents. Carbon copies of the original of the record will be placed in a plastic bag inside the secured shipping container. A copy will be retained by the sampler or site manager for the project file. The relinquishing individual will record specific shipping data (airbill number and company) on the original and duplicate custody records. It is the Project/Site Manager's responsibility to ensure that all records are consistent and they are made part of the permanent job file. If sent by mail, the package is registered with return receipt requested. If sent by common carrier, a bill of lading is used. Freight bills, postal service receipts, and bills of lading are retained as part of the permanent documentation. The chain of custody is maintained from the time of sample collection through delivery as evidence in court. NP-5/SECT7 07/02/93 7-17 AR30Q1468 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 7.0 Revision No.: ______0 Date: July 2, 1993 "Page: 18 of 18 If more than one laboratory handles the samples, custody of the samples is maintained between laboratory sample management personnel. Within each laboratory, the analysts will maintain custody of the sample while the analysis is being performed. 7.4.2 Mobile Laboratory Wheij transferring the possession of samples to the mobile laboratory the individual relinquishing the samples will sign and date the Chain of Custody Record, noting the time on the record. The receiving person will then verify the contents of the cooler and sign the Custody Record. The original copy will be retained by the mobile laboratory, and the duplicate will be retained by the sampler or site manager for the project file. 7.5 Laboratory Custody Procedures The CLP mobile laboratory representative who accepts the incoming sample shipment signs and dates the Traffic Report/Chain-of-Custody record to acknowledge receipt of the samples. The laboratory documents sample condition and signs the Traffic Report/Chain of Custody, if appropriate. Once the sample transfer process is complete, the laboratory is responsible for maintaining internal logbooks and records that provide a custody record throughout sample preparation and analysis. Laboratory custody procedures are described in the CLP SOW which will be followed by the CLP laboratory and the mobile laboratory. 7.6 Final Evidence File The final evidence file includes all originals of laboratory reports and is maintained under document control in a secure area by BVWST. NP-5/SECT7 07/02/93 7-18 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 8.0 Revision No.: ____0 Date: July 2, 1993 Page: 1 of 3 8.0 CALIBRATION PROCEDURES AND EQUIPMENT FOR MONITORING ANALYTICAL EQUIPMENT Methods for calibration of analytical equipment will follow the manufacturers instructions. The equipment will be calibrated by the technician assigned to maintain each unit. Overall project equipment calibration and maintenance will be supervised by the Site Manager. 8.1 Laboratory Calibration Laboratory calibration of analytical equipment will be performed as specified by the manufacturer. Specific laboratory calibration techniques are designed to demonstrate that the instrument is operating within design specifications and that the quality of the analytical data generated can be replicated. •- of laboratory equipment calibration can be found in the CLF Organic and inorganic i>uw, Section II, Exhibits D and E. The calibration procedures for EPA approved methods are included within the Standard Operating Procedures. Calibration of the mobile laboratory equipment will also follow manufacturer's instructions. The instrumentation is calibrated at the beginning of each day in the field with standards of known concentration covering the expected range of sample concentration. 8.2 Field Calibration The field calibration frequency for instruments utilized on this site are outlined in Table 8-1. In addition, calibration of equipment will occur daily prior to use in the field. The Field Team Leader is responsible for ensuring that the calibration frequencies are adhered to and that each operator understands the proper usage, maintenance, and storage of each instrument. A calibration log is maintained with each instrument in order to catalog the field calibration. Each log contains the date of calibration, the operator's initials, the calibration measurements, and observations about the instrument or calibration procedures. A complete set of manufacturers directions for equipment calibration and maintenance can be found in Attachment A. NP-6/SECT8 07/02/93 8-1 &R300I470 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 8.0 Revision No.: ____0 Date: July 2. 1993 Page: 2 of 3 TABLE 8-1 CALIBRATION FREQUENCY FOR FIELD TEST EQUIPMENT EquipmentCalibration Frequency Combustible Gas Prior to shipment and at the beginning of each Indicator sampling day. Additional field calibration may also be necessary. HNu Factory calibrated. Additional calibrations will be made at the beginning of each sampling day and 'if the unit experiences abnormal perturbations and readings become erratic. Mini ram Dust Meter Factory calibrated. Zero value checked at beginning of each sampling day. A brief summary of the calibration procedures for each piece of the major field measurement equipment follows below: MS A Model 361 - Oxygen/Lower Explosive Limit/Hydro gen Sulfide (O,/LEL/H,Sfl Meter Calibration of the O2/LEL/H2S will be performed prior to shipment and at the start of each sampling day, using standard calibration gases obtained from the manufacturer. The MSA device can be calibrated with calibration check gas, consisting of 0.75% pentane (by volume) and 15% oxygen in nitrogen, with 50% LEL. Calibration will be based on the parameters of interest, but will always include oxygen and LEL. Additional calibration will be made in the field if the unit experiences abnormal perturbations or readings become erratic. For oxygen calibration, put the MSA in the Oxygen Display Mode. Carefully adjust the "OXYSPAN" control for a display indication of 20.9%. If this procedure cannot be successfully completed, the sensor is exhausted and must be replaced. NP-B/SECT8 07/02/93 8-2 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 8.0 Revision No.: ___ 0 Date: July 2, 1993 Page: 3 of 3 For LEL calibration, put the MSA in the LEL Real-Time Display Mode. Carefully adjust the "EXPZERO" control until the display indicates 0% of matches the ambient conditions. Connect the calibration gas cylinder to the aspirator attachment to the MSA grill with the polarization arrow pointing toward the front of the MSA. Turn the gas on and allow it to flow for at least five minutes. Then, cancel the alarms and "Select" the LEL Real-Time Display Mode - check that the display has settled. Carefully adjust the "EXPSPAN" control until the display reads the same as the value recorded on the gas cylinder. Turn off the gas and disconnect the gas cylinder. Replace the calibration cover and switch the O2/LEL/H2S off. HNu Photoionization Meter (TIP) Calibration of the HNu meters will be performed at the factory prior to fieldwork using a standard calibration gas. Additional calibration will be made at the start of each sampling day and if the unit experiences abnormal perturbations or readings become erratic. Attachment A of this report contains detailed calibration instructions for the HNu. Miniram Dust Meter Calibration of the Miniram is performed in the factory using a representative dust. If it is desired to change the calibration of the instrument for a specific type, the calibration should be performed by obtaining a concurrent filter collection. The average concentration obtained by the Miniram should be compared with the filter - gravimetric - determined concentration. The ratio of the two concentration values can then be used to correct the Miniram calibration. The comparison should be replicated several times to obtain an average ratio. NP-6/SECT8 07/02/93 8-3 AR300U2 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 9.0 Revision No.: ____1 Date: August 6, 1993 Page: 1 of 8______ 9.0 ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES All collection and sampling procedures used for the North Penn Area 6 RI/FS will follow the standard methods outlined in the FSP. The list of analytical procedures planned for this site are summarized in Table 9-1. Standard procedures for environmental data analysis performed at the site are taken from the following established sources: • American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), Annual Book of ASTM Standards, 1993 edition. • Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste Physical/Chemical Methods (SW 846), 1986. • Standard Methods for the Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes, March 1983. • USEPA CLP SOW for Inorganic Analysis, Multi-Media Multi-Concentration, Document Number ILM01.0, March 1990, including all subsequent revisions. • USEPA CLP SOW for Organic Analysis, Multi-Media Multi-Concentration, Document Number OLM01.0, March 1990, including all subsequent revisions. • USEPA/Corps of Engineers, Procedures for Handling and Chemical Analysis of Sediment and Water Samples, May 1981. A complete set of the analytical methods proposed for this site that are not included in the CLP SOW are contained in Attachment B. Each method either includes specific QC parameters or cites a reference for QC. Method selection criteria for the RI/FS was initiated by the data quality objectives, coupled with method detection limits of the recognized analytical parameters referenced above. Each analytical method was chosen to address the intended use of the data collected at that particular point, in the most time-and cost-effective manner. As a point of reference, the Target Analyte List and Contract Required Detection Limits (CRDL) for inorganics are contained in Table 9-2. The Target Compound List (TCL) Contract Required Quantitation Limits are included in Table 9-3. The quantitation limits for some compounds may not be sufficiently low to address the risk based cleanup levels (Tables 3-5 and 3-6 of Work Plan Addendum). NP-5/SECT9 08/06/93 9-1 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 9.0 Revision No.: ____1 Date: August 6, 1993 Page: 2 of 8______ The Quality Control parameters for the Organic and Inorganic Analyses are contained in Section E of the respective SOW. The quantitation limits for other parameters are contained in Table 9-4. TABLE 9-1 ANALYTICAL METHODS Parameter Matrix Method VOA Soil CLP SOW OLM01.0 (3/90)* BNA Soil CLP SOW OLM01.0 (3/90)* Pesticides and PCBs Soil CLP SOW OLM01.0 (3/90)* TAL Metals Soil CLP SOW ILM01.0 (3/90)* TOC Soil EPA/COE CE-81-1 Grain Size Soil ASTM D422, ASTM D421 Cation Exchange Capacity Soil SW-846, Method 9080 Saturated Hydraulic Soil ASTM 5084 or 2434** Conductivity Bulk Density Soil ASTM D2937 Porosity Soil To be reported with saturated Hydraulic Conductivity Percent Moisture Soil ASTM D2216 * including all subsequent revisions. ** Whichever is applicable, based upon soil characteristics NP-S/SECT9 08/06/93 9-2 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 9.0 Revision No-.: ____0 Date: July 2, 1993 3 .of 8 TABLE 9-2 INORGANIC TARGET ANALYTE LIST (TAL) CONTRACT REQUIRED DETECTION LIMITS(CRDL) Analyte CRDL (ug/1) Aluminum 200 Antimony 60 Arsenic 10 Barium 200 Beryllium 5 Cadmium 5 Calcium 5000 Chromium 10 Cobalt 50 Copper 25 Iron 100 Lead 3 Magnesium 5000 Manganese 15 Mercury 0.2 Nickel 40 Potassium . 5000 Selenium 5 Silver 10 Sodium 5000 Thallium , 10 Vanadium 50 Zinc , 20 Cyanide 10 CRDL Source: CLP Inorganic SOW, Exhibit C, March 1990. NP-5/SECT9 07/02/93 9-3 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 9.0 Revision No.: ____0 Date: July 2, 1993 Page: 4 of 8 TABLE 9-3 TABLE OF TARGET COMPOUND LIST (TCL) AND CONTRACT REQUIRED QUANTITATION LIMITS (CRQL) Quantitation Limits* Low Med. On Water Soil Soil Column Volatiles______Cftg PUflfrtr ue/I- ug/Kg ug/Kg (ngl 1. Chloromethane 74-87-3 10 10 1200 (50) 2. Broaomethane ' 74-83-9 10 10 1200 (50) 3. Vinyl Chloride 75-01-4 10 10 1200 (50) 4. Chloroethane 75-00-3 10 10 1200 (50) 5. Methylene Chloride 75-09-2 10 10 1200 (50) 6. Acetone 67-64-1 10 10 1200 (50) 7. Carbon Disulfide 75-15-0 10 10 1200 (50) 8. 1,1-Dichloroethene 75-35-4 10 10 1200 (50) 9. 1,1-Dichloroethane 75-34-3 10 10 1200 (50) 10. 1,2-Dichloroethene (total) 540-59-0 10 10 1200 (50) 11, Chloroform 67-66-3 10 10 1200 (50) 12, 1,2-Dichloroethane 107-06-2 10 J.O 1200 (50) 13. 2-Butanone 78-93-3 10 10 1200 (50) 14, 1,1.1-Trichloroethane 71-55-6 10 .10 1200 (50) 15. Carbon Tetrachloride 56-23-5 10 10 1200 (50) 16, Bromodichloromethane 75-27-4 10 10 1200 (50) l~> . 1,2-Dichloropropane 78-87-5 10 10 1200 (50) 18. cis-l,3-Dichloropropene 10061-01-5 10 10 1200 (50) 19. Trichloroethene 79-01-6 10 10 1200 (50) 20. Dibromochloromethane 124-48-1 10 10 1200 (50) 21. 1,1.2-Trichloroethane 79-00-5 10 10 1200 (50) 22. Senzene 71-43-2 10 10 1200 (50) 23, trans-l,3-Dichloropropene 10061-02-6 10 10 1200 (50) 24. Broooforni 75-25-2 10 10 1200 (50) 25. 4-Methyl-2-pentanone 108-10-1 10 10 1200 (50) 26. 2-Hexanone 591-78-6 10 10 1200 (50) 27. Tetrachloroethenfe 127-18-4 10 10 1200 (50) 28. Toluene 108-88-3 10 10 '1200 (50) 29. 1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane 79-34-5 10 10 1200 (50) 30. Chlorobenzene 108-90-7 10 10 1200 (50) 31. Ethyl Benzene 100-41-4 10 10 1200 (50) 32. Styrene 100-42-5 10 10 1200 (50) 33. Xyl«nes (Total) 1330-20-7 10 10 1200 (50) * Quantitation limits list*, for soil/sediaent are based on wet weight. The quantitation liaits calculated by the laboratory for soil/sediatnt, calculated on dry weight basis as required by the contract, will be higher. NP-S/SECT9 07/02/93 9-4 Z.R300U76 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 9.0 Revision No.: ____0 Date: July 2, 1993 Page: 5 of 8 TABLE 9-3 (CONT'D) TABLE OF TARGET COMPOUND LIST (TCL) AND CONTRACT REQUIRED QUANTITATION LIMITS (CRQL) Ou«nciracion Low Med. On Uater • Soil Soil Column Semivolaciles ______CAS Number ue/L ug/Kg ug/Ke 34. Phenol 108-95-2 10 330 10000 (20) 35. bis(2-Chloroethyl) ether 111-44-4 10 330 10000 (20) 36. 2-Chlorophenol 95-57-8 10 330 10000 (20) 37. 1,3-Dichlorobenzene 541-73-1 10 330 10000 (20) 38. 1,4-Dichlorobenzene 106-46-7 10 330 10000 (20) 39. 1,2-Dichlorobenzene 95-50-1 10 330 10000 (20) 40. 2-Kethylphenol 95-48-7 10 330 10000 (20) 41. 2,2'-oxybis (1 -Chloropropane)* 108-60-1 10 330 10000 (20) 42. 4-Hethylphenol 106-44-5 10 330 10000 (20) 43. N-Nitroso-di-n- propylamine 621-64-7 10 330 10000 (20) 44. Hexachloroethane 67-72-1 .10 330 10000 (20) 45. Nitrobenzene 98-95-3 10 33,0 10000 (20) 46. Isophorone 78-59-1 10 330 10000 (20) 47. 2-Nitrophenol 88-75-5 10 330 10000 (20) 48. 2,4-Dimethylphenol 105-67-9 10 330 10000 (20) 49, bis(2-Chloroethoxy) methane 111-91-1 10 330 10000 (20) 50 2,4-Dichlorophenol 120-83-2 10 330 10000 (20) 51. 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene 120-82-1 10 330 10000 (20) 52. Naphthalene 91-20-3 10 330 10000 (20) 53. 4-Chloroaniline 106-47-8 10 330 10000 (20) 54. Hexachlorobutadiene 87-68-3 10 330 10000 (20) 55.- 4-Chloro-3-methylphenol 59-50-7 10 «330 10000 (20) 56. 2-Methylnaphthalene 91-57-6 10 330 10000 (20) 57. Hexachlorocyclopentadiene 77-47-4 10 330 10000 (20) 58. 2,4,6 -Trichlorophenol ' 88-06-2 10 330 10000 (20) 59. 2,4,5-Triehlorophenol 95-95-4 25 800 25000 (50) 60. 2-Chloronaphthalene 91-58-7 10 330 10000 (20) 61. 2-Kitroanilihe 88-74-4 25 800 25000 (50) 62. Dimethylphthalate 131-11-3 10 330 10000 (20) 63. Acenaphthylene 208-96-8 10 330 10000 (20) 64. 2,6-Dinitrotoluene 606-20-2 10 330 10000 (20) 65. 3-Nitro»niline 99-09-2 25 800 25000 (50) 66. Acenaphthene 83-32-9 10 330 10000 (20) 67. 2,4-Dinitrophenol 51-28-5 25 800 25000 (50) 68. 4-Nitrophenol 100-02-7 25 800 25000 (50) » Previously known by the n_ne bis(2-Chloroisopropyl) ether NP-5/SECT9 07/02/93 AR300l*77 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 9.0 Revision No.: ____0 Date: July 2, 1993 Page: 6 of 8 TABLE 9-3 (CONT'D) TABLE OF TARGET COMPOUND LIST (TCL) AND CONTRACT REQUIRED QUANTITATION LIMITS (CRQL) Ouancitacion Limits* Low Med. On Water Soil Soil Column Semjvolitiles_____.___ CAS Number ue/L ue/KE ue/Ke (ng) 69. Dibenzofuran • 132-64-9 10 330 10000 (20) 70. 2,4.Dinitrocoluene 121-14-2 10 330 10000 (20) 71, Diethylphchalate 84-66-2 10 330 10000 (20) 72. 4-Chlorophenyl-phenyl ether 7005-72-3 10 330 10000 (20) 73. Fluorene 86-73-7 10 ' 330 10000 (20) 74, 4-Nitroaniline 100-01-6 25 ' 800 25000 (50) 75, 4,6-Dinitro-2-methylphenol 534-52-1 25 800 25000 (50) 76 N-nierosodiphenylaaine 86-30-6 10 330 10000 (20) 77. 4-Brooophenyl-phenylether 101-55-3 10 330 10000 (20) 78, Hexachlorobenzene ' 118-74-1 10 330 10000 (20) 79. Pentachlorophenol 87-86-5 25 800 25000 (50) 80. Phenanthrene 85-01-8 10 330 1000C (20) 81. Anthracene 120-12-7 10 330 10000 (20) 82. Carbazole 86-74-8 10 330 10000 (20) 83. Di-n-butylphthalate 84-74-2 10 330 10000 (20) 84. Fluoranthene 206-44-0 10 330 10000 (20) 85. Pyrene 129-00-0 10 330 10000 (20) 86, Burylbenzylphthalate 85-68-7 • 10 330 10000 (20) 87. 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine 91-94-1 10 330 10000 (20) 88. Benzo(a)anthracene 56-55-3 10 330 10000 (20) 89. Chrysene 218-01-9 10 330 10000 (20) 90. bis(2-Ethylhexyl)phthalate 117-81-7 10 330 10000 (20) 91. Di-n-octylphthalate 117-84-0 10 330 10000 (20) 92. Benzo(b)fluoranthene 205-99-2 10 330 10000 (20) 93. Ber.zo(lc)fluoranthene- 207-08-9 10 330 10000 (20) 94. Benzo(a)pyrene • 50-32-8 10 330 10000 (20) 95. Indeno(l,2,3-cd)pyrene 193-39-5 10 330 10000 (20) 96. Dibenz(a,h)anthracene ' 53-70-3 10 330 10000 (20) 97. Benzo(g,h,i)perylene 191-24-2 10 330 10000 (20) * Quantitation limits listed for soil/sediment are based on wet weight. The quantitation limits calculated by the laboratory for soil/sediment, calculated on dry weight basis as required by the contract, will be higher. NP-S/SECT9 07/02/93 9-6 RR300U78 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 9.0 Revision No.: ___ 0 Date: July 2, 1993 Page: 7 of 8 TABLE 9-3 (CONT'D) TABLE OF TARGET COMPOUND LIST (TCL) AND CONTRACT REQUIRED QUANTITATION LIMITS (CRQL) Ouantitation Limits* Water Soil On Column Pesticides /A roclors______CAS Number ug/L ug/Kg____(pg) 98. alpha-BHC 319-84-6 0.05 -1.7 5 99._beca-BHC 319-85-7 0.05 1.7 5 100, delta-BHC ' 319-86-8. 0.05 1.7 5 ' 101. gamraa-BHC (Lindane) 58-89-9 0.05 1.7 5 102. Heptachlor 76-44-8 0.05 • 1.7 5 103. Aldrin 309-00-2 0.05 1-.7 5 104. Hepcachlor epoxide 1024-57-3 0.05 1.7 5 105..Endosulfan 1 959-98-8 0.05 1.7 5 106. Dieldrin 60-57-1 0.10 3.3 10 107. 4,4'-DDE . 72-55-9 0.10 3.3 10 108. Endrin 72-20-8 0.10 3.3 10 109. Endosulfar. II 33213-65-9 0.10 3.3 10 110. 4,4'-ODD 72-54-8 0.10 3.3 10' 111. Er.dosulfari sulfate 1031-07-8 0.10 3.-3 10 112. 4,4'-DDT 50-29-3' 0.10 3.3 10 113. Methoxychlor 72-43-5 0.50 17.0 50 114. Endrin kecone 53494-70-5 0.10 3.3 10 115, Enclrin aldehyde 7421-36-3 . 0.10 3.3 10 116. alpha-Chlord'ane 5103-71-9 - 0.05 1.7 5 117. gamma-Chlordane 5103:74-2 0.05 1.7 5 118. Toxaphene 8001-35-2 5.0 170.0 500 119-, Aroclor-1016 12674-11-2 1.0 33.0 100 120. Aroclor-1221 11104-28-2 2.0 67.0 200 121. Aroclor-1232 11141-16-5 1.0 33.0 100 122. Aroclor-1242 53469-21-9 1.0 33.0 100 123. Aroclor-1248 12672-29-6 1.0 33.0 100 124. Aroclor-1254 11097-69-1 1.0 33.0 100 125. Aroclor-1260 11096-82-5 1.0 33.0 100 * Quantitation limits listed for soil/sedinent are based on wet weight. The quantitation limits calculated by the laboratory for soil/sediment, calculated on dry weight basis as required by the contract, will be higher. There is no differentiation between the preparation of low and medium soil samples in this method for the analysis of Pesticides/Aroclors. NP-5/SECT9 07/02/93 9-7 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 9.0 Revision No.: 0 Date: July 2. 1993 Page: 8 of 8 TABLE 9-4 GENERAL INORGANIC QUANTITATION LIMITS Inorganics Quantitation Limits Soil Total Organic Carbon 10 mg/kg Cation Exchange Capacity N/A The mobile laboratory will be analyzing the soil samples for a limited number of analytes detailed in Table 9-5. The compounds are representative of the contaminants at the site, so this limited list will provide adequate field screening to maximize the use of CLP samples. TABLE 9-5 MOBILE LABORATORY VOLATILE ORGANIC ANALYTES Inorganics Quantitation Limits ug/kg Soil Carbon Tetrachloride 10 Chloroform 10 1,1-Dichloroethene 10 1,2-Dichloroethene (total) 10 1,2-Dichloroethane 10 Methylene Chloride 10 Tetrachloroethane 10 1,1,1-Trichloroethane 10 Trichloroethene 10 Vinyl Chloride 10 NP-5/SECT9 07/02/93 9-8 &R300U80 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 10.0 Revision No.: 0 Date: July 2, 1993 Page: 1 of 19 10.0 DATA VALIDATION, REDUCTION, AND REPORTING This section describes the procedures to be followed to achieve consistent validation, reduction, and reporting of data generated during the RI/FS for the North Penn Area 6 Site. 10.1 Data Validation Before data generated through field investigations at the North Penn Area 6 Site is used for the RI/FS, a determination of data adequacy must be completed. This determination involves scrutinizing the entire process of data acquisition, handling, analysis, and reporting, to the greatest extent achievable. The field components of this process include the following: • Adherence to sampling protocols outlined in the FSP. • Accurate data entry into field logbooks. • Adherence to sampling packaging, labeling, and chain-of-custody procedures as outlined in Section 7.0 of the QAPjP. • Collection of appropriate QC samples addressed in Section 11.0 of the QAPjP. The laboratory components of the validation process include: • Proper use of Instrument Calibration Verifications (ICV) and Continuing Calibration Verifications (CCV) and Laboratory Check Samples (LCS). • Proper application and frequency of spikes, duplicate, blanks, ICP Interferant Check Samples, and standard samples, as outlined in the CLP SOW. • Accurate reporting of results. Figure 10-1 outlines a data flow and reporting scheme which details the steps involved in the overall process of data collection through submittal of validated analytical reports to the client. The mobile laboratory data will be validated using the Functional Guidelines for Organic Analyses, modified for use in EPA Region ffl. A copy of the validated report will be maintained in the BVWST office for a period of five (5) years. CLP Data will be validated by Region III prior to release to BVWST, using protocol M-3 for the organic parameters and IM-2 for the inorganic parameters. These procedures, also utilize the Functional Guidelines, and offer the highest level of data validation for this RI/FS. NP-6/SECT10 07/02/93 10-1 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE ' Section: 10.0 Revision No.: ___ 0 Date: July 2. 1993 Page: 2 of 19 DATA FLOW/REPORTING SCHEME DATA CENERATED DATA DOCUMENTED DATA APPROVED tt ANALYST IN LOC800X •Y SUPERVISOR DATA COMPILED REPORT APPROVED REPORT APPROVED AS REPORT 9Y SUPERVISOR BY QA SUPERVISOR REPORT APPROVED REPORT APPROVED VALIDATED ANALYTICAL BY LAB PROJECT BY PROJECT MANAGER REPORT SUBMITTED MANAGER TO CLIENT Figure 10-1 Data Flow/Reporting Scheme North Penn Area 6 Source Control RI/FS NP-5/SECT10 07/02/93 10-2 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 1Q.Q Revision No.: 0 Date: July 2, 1993 Page: 3 of 19 10.2 Data Reduction Data reduction for the North Penn Area 6 Site will consist primarily of tabulating analytical results from the laboratory onto summary tables (see Figures 10-2 through 10-11). A copy of the data package containing the raw analytical data will be transferred to EPA. The equations and procedures utilized for calculating the concentrations reported in the data package will follow 'CLP protocols outlined in the CLP SOW. 10.3 Field Data Reporting Field data reporting will be supervised by the Field Team Leader (FTL). All data will be reported in units which are similar to other organizations reporting data for this site. All field data will be recorded according to the procedures outlined in Section 6 of the FSP. All original field records will be maintained in the Investigation Contractor offices. Analytical reports will include the tabulation of both analytical results and supporting QC information. The units for reporting data will be ug/kg or mg/kg (dry weight) for soil samples. 10.4 Identification of Outlying Results For a series of check standard analyses, results that are more than three standard deviations from the mean are suspect. Such results are considered "out-of-control" and are cause for immediate suspension of analysis. An analytical result falling between two and three standard deviations from the mean results in a warning that there may be analytical problems requiring careful review of the data. 10.5 Documentation of Out-of-Control Events All laboratory QC information will be recorded in bound notebooks and printouts in the same format as used for sample results. It is the analysts' responsibility to check the QC information against limits for the analysis. When an analysis of a QC samples (blank, spike, check standard, replicate, etc.) shows that the analysis of that batch of samples is not in control, the analyst will immediately bring the matter to the attention of the laboratory supervisor. All "out-of-control" analyses will be documented in the laboratory reports and called to the attention of the FTL and the Project Manager. NP-6/SECT10 07/02/93 10-3 &R30QU83 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 10.0 Revision No.: ______0 Date: July 2, 1993 Page: 4 of 19 DkXA fOMGUtY fOKWl X>OKOA»IC« •it* *a»»i IOTBX WXPI2S Cat* ft ftttrliaa Oal«(t)t Cttl Wl.'-E i jt: A ^ ^J> ' " »-v»x-. 1 lc i '»-lf C JOC t.* J* 5 It-v J- S •c«o. ^ 50? C«iC' J- 1 ; •:•••« j- 5 t OUJX. • Coatrart X«ruir«3 D»t« Figure 10-2 Example Data Summary Form for Inorganic Water Samples North Penn Area 6 Source Control RI/FS NP-6/SECT10 07/02/93 10-4 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 10.0 Revision No.: 0 Date: July 2. 1993 Page: 5 of 19 *•?• __ of DAT* (UMIMtY PORMi l»OKO»»ICi litt NaMi •on. uJOlit (•9/Kg) Caia /: (aacliag Dat*(t)i +Dua to dilation, sampl* ^naatitatiea limit it affxrtad. •4M dilotios tahl* for specifies. 1 | 1 ton« lOCitKSn iH—— i — ;I«S. MLTTE - i | i. I ,J-"U. ' """»•» i 2 • -«e- t , 1 'C | l-IVJt 1 ' f-v ..J- •ta*"1^ - CUC'J- \ 2 Cob* : 5 c«x»- 2: 1 cr C t », tc ':"•>-' » B**l J* 3 | * ne.-*st i , :.? ; • -CJ-, - t •« ci« j •::: t »c;§»j -r , | • • tf't- CUDL • Coatraet K»quir*d Dctactioa Limit -actioa !_*•!. Bxista ns m>jtiULSIV> roa coot nviaad 07/*0 Figure 10-3 Example Data Summary Form for Inorganic Soil Samples North Penn Area 6 Source Control RI/FS NP-B/SEfcT10 07/02/93 10-5 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 10.0 Revision No.: ____0 Date: July 2, 1993 Page: 6 of 19 DATA lUMJmy rc-KM: VOLAtlLIf 1 fiti Kamai ______NftSBft SAMPLES Caia ft lamp lino Oatadli So ealevlst* lampli (juaatitatioa limit i (OtQI. • Dilmtioa Pmetar> DUK v r»ctof or». 1 1C • ».>•«*» lf l'c«o«:'«-» 1C 1 »Vny. CMO->0« 'C CKtoi-ottMrv I s •Mt»r'«n> ^ o-'« ' 1C ; Actron* i t.-*— . 0,^ ' c. •1.I-C --'.O-OUT-* *• ^ I ; I 5 ".J-J>=-.e-«t»«n« 1C ' «;.iu-»v^. [ 5 li V .1 .••T.,CKof«t*>»-w ' S ': ' VHy: Acttate j S font: eo'.o-cHtthr* ———— OtQL « Contract Ka^uira4 Quaatitatiea Limit aetiom b*r«l Bzis'ts MS BUUUZIvm roil CODS t*ri««* Figure 10-4A Example Data Summary Form for Volatile Water Samples (1 of 2) North Penn Area 6 Source Control RI/FS NP-6/SECT10 I0"6 flR 30 01.86 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 10.0 Revision No.: ____0 Date: July 2. 1993 Page: 7 of 19 •aja __ of DATA SDMCAJIT PODMt VOIATILIS 2 Sita Kama i Mar EX SAMPLES Casa »-. _____ taapliag Data(«)t ______So ealealtt* tamp la quaatitatie* limit i (OtQL • Dilution Factor) i Saw e Me DUlrtton Ftcto. • ".J-: •ci'.O'gproMxt 1 ! 1 Cif',!-C>c»;o-oorop«-« S u.e'i.e-ottK^* 5 C • b*-aaDc* . e-aw tngrw 1 S I 1,1,!-'"c'.e--«:i»n« ' 5 •Wnii^t 5 T -i^s • > , V C • c* ' c'Op-corx S Irowc'ci. '" i.lWI'-y -J-pritlnont 1 '" 2->t«nor» S 'Tf!-«e" e-Mfm f 5 ' 1 •c.ur^t ! > C>.o-oe»-:f-x I s E!->,t»",It^« S Sty-tot 1 S ;:. r.iinci • OIQL * Co&trcct R»^uir«l Qu«atit^tiea Uiait 'kctiom t*v«l Bzictt m UJUUXIVB fOft CODC 07/90 Figure 10-4B Example Data Summary Form for Volatile Water Samples (2 of 2) North Penn Area 6 Source Control RI/FS NP-B/SECT10 07/02/93 10-7 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: ___10.0 Revision No.: ____0 Date: July 2. 1993 Page: 8 of 19 »aga ___ af OAIA COMOJlt POUXt VO'X.ftllLIt 1 fits Mam* i ______men, SAMPLES :»t« ft _____ Sampling Oat«(s)i ______To ealnlata sammla «na>titatiam limit t (CXQL • Bilatioa factor ) / ((100 - \ •oittar*)/ l(K i Dilution f«to- locitio* CKSL 1C Oiio-™»tn^« •c !•»««»:". -x 1 '" Virr,, C>.c-'0> 1 IC Cf .C'ortMV 5 i wmr'^rv c»!c"a> • 1C | Aecttrv 1 5 ci-to- : CKQL « Contract Ra^uirwl Ottaatitatioa I,lm.lt RS KAJJlAIITt rOU COOS Figure 10-5A Example Data Summary Form for Volatile Soil Samples (1 of 2) North Penn Area 6 Source Control RI/FS NP-6/SECT10 07/02/93 10-8 RR300l»88 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section. Revision No.: Date: July 2, 1993 * Page: 9 of 19 Paga ___ of DATA COMOJIT FOKMl VOLATILE* i Sita Mama; SOU, SAMPLES Ca»« »; _____ Saj^ling Oata(t)i ____ To ealmlata aampla qoaatitatioB Limit i (OIQL • Dilution factor) / ((100 - t moil tura)/ 100) Oiluticr" f»c\or t Ho' ttjrt LKItlon CM. ; ^ . ,...•-,...;,-„,.„,. : 5 C'l-' 5 • S ' C* . O*OO"OO**'» ! S :• C'.o-Kfr-* ] 5 ' C'C^»K^ o-»»1l'»» 5 '..'^•'"chitirottrm ' 5 ! t?*n** \ t ' Trn.' ;.tit».»-«» iw« 1 5 ' '|pgm; j S [ 'oljro. < C».C-M»^l«^ i ' I'.*.-: t*r*T* j 5 .' $Tvw j 5 ... j...—-. CSQL » Coatract K»quira Figure 10-5B Example Data Summary Form for Volatile Soil Samples (2 of 2) North Penn Area 6 Source Control RI/FS NP-B/SECT10 07/02/93 , 10-9 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section 10.0 I Revision No. Date July 2. 1993 Page: 10 of 19 Paga ___ at OAIA SOMKAXT FORM; I II A S 1 litt Mamai HATn SAMPLE!S (Mg/L) Caia fi Saapliag Data(t)i So calculata sampla e^umtitttioa li (OtQL • Dilation Pac MBit no. Dllufor Victor k.«c»t w CM; covoun ,. H\MV 1C 10 2-CV.o-tu^TOi 1C • 1.3-5 • c" l 8-ob* CSQL > Contract Xaquirad Quutitatioa Limit 'ftctia* Laral Sxittt SXE BAUAXI7I PO* CODS DKTTXTt rvriaad C Figure 10-6 A Example Data Summary Form for BNA Water Samples (1 of 3) North Penn Area 6 Source Control RI/FS NP-6/SECT10 07/02/93 10-10 AR300l*90 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 10.Q Revision No.: __ 0 Date: July 2. 1993 11 of 19 Paga ___ mf DATA STBMAXY fORNt B • A S 1 Sita •••m: HASSX SAMPLCS Caia »i _____ tma»li4»g Data(t)i ______So ealcultta tampl* ^uaatitttioa li (OtQL • Dilntioa Pae Sam^f No. Oi tutior tteto' loeition ore. •c •...:• o-9DutM'^» 4-C«lo-c-3-«n»T.[».nc; Hi 2 -Wll> r ' »!•* ! h« > tr» to «li»c»:»^rftlamr!taair» | 1!C 2,4,t-'-'CtHO'M»»i». I SO , 2,».S'">'t»l»r«»i«noi j 1C t 2-CMorm«»vii.m 5C 2-n'fo^ , >•» i 'C C'Xl-v.B-tnt.tu 1 'C »C^VKTT"y.»T. 1C 2.6-r'-M-otc!jeot i: S'U'lro^ "» , •: ! ijpvKyt^t^ | 5C 2>'C'-'!-«»>»no1, I 5C • • > . i -n^fe . It.' C twijofu'K- ! 1C 2,4.0">itroI CRQL « Contract Rvquixvd Ojuatitatioa Limit CB IOUUULXXVI POft COOK Figure 10-6B Example Data Summary Form for BNA Water Samples (2 of 3) North Penn Area 6 Source Control RI/FS NP-6/SECT10 07/02/93 10-11 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 10.0 Revision No.: ___ 0 Date: July 2. 1993 Page: 12 of 19 Paga ___ of MSA COMMAKT POKM: » » A S 3 lita >amai KAS0 SAMPLES taaa /: _____ Sampling Data(t)i ______So calcalata aampl* fmaatitatio* lim (OtQL • Dilutiot Pact two • >; Ol ttftior fietfir Lock*. 'Or> not !»'« trMOC E>-f-..»- ^t 4-lro.aWfV. 'P^r «'"'• '«™«c»-,o-oe«-.:to« ,. L ^r".«c".o-iw«^oi if , •M^-;"rn "* •«• •!•»-» 'C I 'c riuo-.-t»'»^« 1 1C »y«f» 1C l^tV>Mntr>prT>ll.it< 1 ?: 3,3 •C'c*' c-^ew: a •* '. . « • contract Raqnir*d Quaatitatioa Limit Actioa Laral Sxiitl OS KAJUUHIT1 PO« COO* IMTIMlt o- Figure 10-6C Example Data Summary Form for BNA Water Samples (3 of 3) North Penn Area 6 Source Control RI/FS NP-6/SECT10 07/02/93 10-12 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 10.0 Revision No.: 0 Date: July 2. 1993 Page: 13 of 19 Paga DATA SOMXARY PORN! • • A S 1 Sit* Kama: ______SOIL SAMPLES Caa« t: ______Sampling Data: ______So ealculata tampla quaatitation 11 (OtgL * Dilation Factor) / ((1 • t moittura)/ MCIt «0 Di lut > Of f *etor X Moitturt Locitien OOL 33: '• >*ffc 33C . BiK2-Cn.o-!>«:>'Y,>ethf • 35C y J-CMoroo-^l 33: f 1,3-0 'CM n~_wim 33; 1> ricMc-oe— ur^c i no Mml» «|CB10. 33C l,!-5icMor~—'Itn t 1 33C MHtltri;"*-*: ' 33: b-t(i-CK.g'C>toe*OPV»ltl 11: K>*. '«»^t»^e I 33: Itepno^oni ; 33: .i'U'l'opntnc. ! !3: /.' ' «r-'» 9>n 'si: . Mnc-t acte SJt ( b't(2-C»tOn-t*0«Y>— (tHW nc 2 . A -0 1 CM eroDhcne , 1 3IC 1,2,i-Trieh.o>OCMnt— • Jj: maMlitrv 33C 1 i-CS.O'04"H >r» CKQL " Contract K«quir*d Quant.it«tio» M-** CO nJULATIVl rOft COOC DCTXV1T1 Figure 10-7A Example Data Summary Form for BNA Soil Samples (1 of 3) North Penn Area 6 Source Control RI/FS NP-5/SECT10 07/02/83 10-13 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 10.0 Revision No.: ____0 Date: July 2. 1993 Page: 14 of 19 Paga __ of DATA SUMMARY PORMl * K A S 2 lita Kama: •OIL SAMPLES Caia /: _____ Sampling Data(t)t ______So calevlata aampla qnantitatioa limi (OtQL • Dilution Paetor) / ((100 - 1 moiitur«)/10 Dilut '(^ ^cto11 tccation CtOt ct-wuc 33: ' i-CMo-s 3->»:"».w— e 33 < Z-iWr. •>«»•'»•.«*« ' 33 ««IK-.o-«y-. ,oe— --K »-« ,33 ? I t -i-vciio-dO-ir^: ;'60 J.t.S-'-is'.O-OO-t-c ' 33 Z-C'.o-trMa-'-!.*^. •t>c ?•«!•»*-• »x °*^T ;,33 C'—:-> =>••.». «tt 33 cr^CT-'-v>^» 33 t.;...,.0.c ijrn. •&: •••:-o«- ,••« '! :r^Kr--r^< '»c ..:""i'oo-«-«! ' '6? ' •• l-CO-ft •. txrie'j'i" 1 33 e.«.,,ph«n..,«. r«T" •6t lit: <. *-5^ Ve-iw*»vlHw>v t CRQL • Contract Raqulrkd Ouaatitatioa Limit SZS KAMAXIVI POR COOt DCPXXIZIO rariaad 07/ Figure 10-7B Example Data Summary Form for BNA Soil Samples (2 of 3) North Penn Area 6 Source Control RI/FS NP-6/SECT10 07/02/93 10-14 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 10.0 Revision No.: _____0 Date: July 2, 1993 Page: 15 of 19 '•g« __ of DATA SDKMAXY PORM: • • A S 3 Sita Kama: SOIL SAMPLES Caia t< ______S»»pling Data(t)> ______SB ealemlata tampli qaaatitatiam limiti (OtQL • Dilation factor) / ((100 - t moittmra)/100) t_B.f «c 0-lutioc r»eto' lootior C«0i 33: • •••<•—.-<•__* -E.~ > 33C 4'1'WD— •t~v,-~>«'w:«T>>«- 33: *e»e».e>oM»i:r~> iw: •r-'«iVwc CRQI. - Contract Rco^iirad Quaatitatiaa Limit BE* KAJUtAIITI POS. COM DS7t»ISIon raviaad 07/»O Figure 10-7C Example Data Summary Form for BNA Soil Samples (3 of 3) North Penn Area 6 Source Control RI/FS r::r NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 10.0 Revision No.: ____0 Date: July 2, 1993 Page: 16 of 19 Paga __ ef DASA SOHMARY PORMl PISSICIDES AMD P C B • • Sita Mama i KASKR SAMPLES Caia /: _____ Sampling Data(t)i ______So calcaltta aaamla a-_mtitatiom limit! (CR5L • Dilatiaa Pactar) taiex no. cowajic c s i «.—« t*: 1 c^i •,.,•!-. C 7^ dt . TI-IXC | 0 « •M>-» •*: (»"«--»> C.C5 •»-;:«" «• e.ss no- - c.cs Mpttc^ o- Epu'ar 1 C.C! || ffOJ«.,f«- ; C. 1C I CtfC"" C 1C 4,4 'ODE » ' C 1 "ETJ-" ^ , c ' £•«*>«-,<•- 11 : ' • 4>'-oo: i : ' | E-nos. '«- $„ *m : ' - 4, »•• DC' : S ' .••ITXUVC .0- ! : • ETB- • I t«r» i C.5 •i.tfM-CK oro_~ r t •!•—«:• o'a»x • ,c •TOXIC* tn» C S •»'oc. • 016 . :.s •«-oc 22' : 5 •*roci • 23? C 5 ! 'Afoc. • 242 c.sc •A'OCI • 2<.e •A-oc. ',25* • .c 1 •»r«i -1J6C CKQL • contract Raq-ir*d Quaatitatiom Limit Actia* La-al S-iata SZE MUtlAZITE POR COO* DCPIVISIon ra-ritad 07/»o Figure 10-8 Example Data Summary Form for Pesticide/PCB Water Samples North Penn Area 6 Source Control RI/FS NP-6/SECT107/0,33 0 . 10-16 AR 3001,9 6 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 10.0 Revision No.: ____0 Date: July 2, 1993 Page: 17 of 19 Paga ___ ef Sit* Kama: SOIL SANPLBS <«/Kg) Caia t: _____ Sampling Oata(i)i ______le ealemlata aampl* -aaatitatioe limit: (CXQL • Dilation factor) / ((100 - « moiltnra)/100) Uwc r «o. OMutio^ Factor , Locition ctei « • .C'1!' B-C 1 ' bttfiH: s d» t|. i-: \ 8 »_-.-5«: (iina.^»! 5 j "ISUf.O- t AlO-'i- I < *«:tcfc o- Eec»o* 5 E-ttoiw •«- . 16 . titid-" 16 4,"."SOE '6 f-Wr . i '6 !' Etacsj '•- i; 't 4,. •;:: i '' fnoci, 'r S. •§:(• 16 ' 4> 'Zl' • SC ; i*:»o»rc».o- : U £nd'.^ Cf.er« SC i:d-. ^.OTU-. 1 s: !•—• :^ o'o«-« 1 16C toilD»-» I 5C »i-«lo--'C1t K i l-oe.or 1221 i ^" ArociO'-lZJZ i K Aroc!«->'?42 8C i A'oc'»--1248 '6C i «'oc.o- 12S4 |^« ArociO"'26C 3191. • Contract Rwruir-4 Su.ntitation Limit SKI BAMASI—S PO» CODS DtriWITIC-I 07/90 Figure 10-9 Example Data Summary Form for Pesticide/PCB Soil Samples North Penn Area 6 Source Control RI/FS NP-6/SECT10 07/02/93 I0"17 tVR300U97 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: ___10.0 Revision No.: ___ 0 Date: July 2. 1993 Page: 18 of 19 Paga ___ af DAXA SDIMART PORMl IBOROAHICS lita Mama i KASn SAMPLCS ten t: Sampling Oatadli »D»a to dilation, tampla a-aatitatira limit it af fa-tad. S4M dilation tabla for lp*cificl. Dilution *»eter lee»n~i • Dl MA.r'E 1 ^I 1 . i | = DL - tetaction Limit SO KAAJIATITI PO* CODS rariaad 07/to Figure 10-10 I Example Data Summary Form for Other Inorganic Water Samples North Penn Area 6 Source Control RI/FS NP-67SECT10 07/02/93 10-18 AR300U98 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 10.0 Revision No.: ____0 Date: July 2, 1993 Page: 19 of 19 Paga __ af lita Hamai SOIL SAMPLES (•g/Kg) Cata +Du» to dilation, aampla q-aatitatim limit it affmcta*. a.M dilution tafela for ip»eifiea. • i i C i II i ——— ~1 . : 1111 ••: DL - Datactioa limit SaX KAARAXIVS POR COOK DSTIlflTICmtS Figure 10-11 Example Data Summary Form for Other Inorganic Soil Samples North Penn Area 6 Source Control RI/FS NP-5/SECT10 07/02/93 10-19 AR3001.99 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 11.0 Revision No.: ______0 Date: July 2, 1993 Page: 1 of 4 11.0 INTERNAL QUALITY CONTROL CHECKS AND FREQUENCY The following section describes the internal quality control checks and frequencies used in the laboratory and field. 11.1 Laboratory Internal Quality Control Checks 11.1.1 CLP Laboratories The application of laboratory internal QC checks will follow CLP protocols outlined in Exhibit E of the Inorganic SOW (3/90) and Exhibit E of the Organic SOW (3/90). The following QA/QC operations are described in detail in the Inorganic SOW, Exhibit E: Instrument Calibration. Initial Calibration Verifications (ICV) and Continuing Calibration Verification (CCV). CRDL Standards for AA and ICP. Initial Calibration Blank (ICB), Continuing Calibration Blank (CCB), and Reagent Blank (RB) Analyses. ICP Interference Check Sample Analyses. Duplicate Sample Analysis. ICP Serial Dilution Analysis. Instrument Detection Limit (IDL) Determination. Instrument Corrections for ICP. Linear Range Analysis. Furnace AA QC Analyses, and Laboratory Control Sample (LCS). The following QC operations are outlined in the CLP Organic SOW, Exhibit E: Documentation of GC/MS Mass Calibrations and Abundance Pattern. Documentation of GC/MS Response Factor Stability. Internal Standard Response and Retention Time Monitoring. Method Blank Analysis. Surrogate Spike Response Monitoring. Matrix Spike and Matrix Spike Duplicates. NP-6/SECT11 07/02/93 11-1 RR300500 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 11.0 Revision No.: ____0 Date: July 2, 1993 Page: 2 of 4 LCSs will be analyzed for solid CLP samples. LCSs are analyzed using the identical sample preparation and analytical procedures employed for sample materials obtained from the site. Analysis frequency is one LCS per 20 samples or one for each batch of samples, whichever is more frequent. All LCS results will be reported in terms of true concentration and percent recovery (% R), calculated using: % R = (observed/true) x 100 where the observed value is the measured concentration. If the % R for a solid sample is, outside the EPA control limits, no further sample analyses may be conducted until analytical problems are solved and satisfactory LCS results are obtained. Due to the specific analytical requirements of various matrices, matrix-specific quality control is an important element of both the laboratory and field QC checks. Matrix-specific QC includes: • Analysis of matrix spikes, matrix duplicates, and matrix spike duplicates. • Monitoring standard additions. • Analysis of field blanks. • Determination of method detection limits for specific matrices. SOPs for laboratory cleanliness for glassware and laboratory equipment will follow guidance provided in "Handbook for Analytical Quality Control in Water and Wastewater Laboratories," EPA 600/4-79-019. 11.1.2 Mobile Laboratory The NUS or driller's mobile laboratory will perform the following QC operations: • Calibration • Standards Analysis NP-6/SECT11 07/02/93 11-2 AR30Q50I NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 11.0 Revision No.: ______1 Date: August 6. 1993 Page: 3 of 4 . • Blank Analysis • Duplicate Analysis These operations are outlined in subcontractor's QA/QC manual. 11.2 Field Internal Quality Control Checks Field internal QC checks for North Perm Area 6 RI/FS include collection of samples that will aid the interpretation of data obtained from the site. QC samples include: • Background samples. • Trip blanks. • Duplicate samples. • Equipment blanks. Background samples will be included as part of the field internal quality control checks for the site. The location of background samples are outlined in the FSP. The trip blank is used to identify irregularities arising from sample packaging, storage, or transportation between the site and the laboratory. Preservatives are added to ASTM Type II water and the containers are sealed prior to shipment to the field. Trip blanks are not opened in the field but travel with the other sample containers. One trip blank will be included with every sample shipment which contains VOA samples for analysis. Duplicate samples will be collected at a rate of one per twenty samples of the same media or one per case of samples collected in a particular sampling event, whichever provides the greater sampling frequency. Duplicate samples will be used to provide information on intralaboratory precision for the entire sampling system including sample acquisition, homogeneity, handling, shipping, storage, preparation, and analysis. Blanks will not be designated as duplicate samples. Equipment blanks consist of running ASTM Type II water over or through the sampling devices utilized onsite, following the equipment decontamination procedures outlined in the FSP. The equipment blank is used to identify contamination resulting from the decontamination scheme. Equipment blanks will be collected at a rate of one per piece of equipment per sampling event per matrix. If more than 20 samples are collected per NP-8/SECT11 07/02/93 11-3 AR300502 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 11.0 Revision No.: 1 Date: August 6, 1993 Page: 4 of 4_____ sampling event, the frequency for equipment blanks is one per 20 samples per sampling event per matrix. Table 11-1 outlines the number of field QC samples which will be generated during this investigation based on the current number of samples and estimated sample shipments. TABLE 11-1 QC SAMPLES GENERATED DURING THE SAMPLING FOR THE NORTH PENN AREA 6 SITE RI/FS Background Trip Duplicate Equipment Field Sample Blank Samples Blanks Reagent Blank (HC1/HN03) Soil Borings (CLP) 2 2 4 4 N/A Soil Borings (Mobile Laboratory) 18 70 31 31 N/A Note: A single duplicate sample consists of one duplicate, one matrix spike, and one matrix spike duplicate. Volatile organics during soil sampling will be scanned with a portable photoionization analyzer to screen soil samples and to verify that appropriate personnel protective equipment is in use. These measurements will be in the ppm range. Measurements will be recorded in the field log book, and the appropriate actions will be taken as specified in the Health and Safety Plan. Field measurements are described in greater detail in the FSP. NP-B/SECT11 07/02/93 11-4 AR300503 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 12.0 Revision No.: ____0 Date: July 2, 1993 Page: 1 of 2 12.0 PERFORMANCE AND SYSTEM AUDITS Project operations will be continually reviewed to assess data quality. Both onsite and laboratory audits will be conducted as part of the overall QA program. The following sections describe the audit procedures which have been established to ensure that the data produced is of known and defensible quality. 12.1 Onsite Performance and System Audits Performance audits are quantitative measures of quality control. Because quantitative measurements are difficult to assess during onsite sampling events, the QAM will supplement the data collection and recording reviews with onsite guidance for field personnel. This will include periodic questioning of technical staff regarding site conditions, sampling procedures, equipment performance and other subjects deemed to establish that the technician is performing their duties at an optimal level. In addition, trip blanks and equipment blanks will be used to assess any contamination due to field activities or insufficient decontamination. Audits will be performed by BVWST as needed to review all field-related quality assurance activities. The specific elements of the system audit include: • Completeness and accuracy of sample Chain-of-Custody forms, including documentation of times, dates, transaction descriptions, and signatures. • Completeness and accuracy of sample identification labels, including notation of time, date, location, type of sample, person collecting sample, preservation method used, and type of testing required. • Completeness and accuracy of field logbooks, including documentation of times, dates, drillers' names, sampling method used, sampling locations, number of samples taken, name of person collecting samples, types of samples, results of field measurements, soil logs, and any problems encountered during sampling. • Adherence to health and safety guidelines outlined in the site health and safety plan including wearing of proper protective clothing. NP-6/SECT12 07/02/93 12-1 &R3Q050U NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 12.0 Revision No.: ____1 Date: August 6, 1993 Page: 2 of 2 • At selected stations, on a random time-frame, duplicate samples will be collected using the field equipment installed at the site. The Data Coordinator will review laboratory analysis results for comparison. • Review of field instrument calibration procedures, as documented in field logbooks. This will ensure that instrument calibration is conducted daily for all equipment according to the techniques found in the manufacturers' equipment manuals and are maintained and calibrated according to the manufacturers' instructions. • Review of laboratory analytical results to ensure that estimates of precision and accuracy criteria for data validation are in accordance with the EPA "Handbook for Analytical Quality Control in Water and Wastewater." The items covered in the audit will be compared to items in the CLP User's Guide, The Compendium of Superfund Activities, arid other applicable EPA regulations, and all other applicable laws. 12.2 Laboratory Audit BVWST will perform internal laboratory audits and performance evaluations on subcontracted laboratories. Records ,of these audits will be made available to EPA upon request. Internal audits will be conducted by the project QC staff and will include verifications of: • Standards, procedures, records, charts, and magnetic tape that are properly maintained. • The agreement of actual practice with written instructions. • QA records that are adequately filed and maintained. • Results of QC samples. NP-B/SECT12 08/06/93 12-2 &R300505 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 12.0 Revision No.: ____1 Date: August 6, 1993 Page: 3 of 2_____ During the field investigation, which is expected to be completed within three months, one audit will be performed each for the NUS mobile laboratory and the offsite laboratory operated for soil gas analysis. NP-6/SECT12 OS/06/93 12-3 AR3QQ506 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 13.0 Revision No.: 0 Date: July 2. 1993 Page: 1 of 2 13.0 PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES AND SCHEDULES Preventative maintenance of laboratory and field equipment is essential to obtaining accurate data. Unnecessary resampling and analysis can also be avoided if equipment is well maintained. 13.1 Laboratory Maintenance Standard operating and maintenance procedures for any laboratory equipment utilized by the CLP laboratory are contained the CLP Organic and Inorganic Statements of Work, Exhibits E. Mobile laboratory maintenance procedures will be submitted by the mobile laboratory contractor. 13.2 Field Maintenance A calibration and maintenance checklist for each piece of equipment used on-site will be maintained by the Field Team Leader. In this manner, the frequency of calibration, technician in charge of the calibration, and any notes regarding the maintenance of the instrument can be recorded. The Field Team Leader is ultimately responsible for ensuring field equipment is cleaned and maintained according to procedures detailed by the manufacturer. Complete manufacturers' instructions for calibration and maintenance are located in Appendix A. The field equipment will be maintained when routine daily inspections indicate the need for maintenance. Routine maintenance of field equipment includes: • Removing surface dirt and debris. • Ensuring proper storage of equipment. • Inspecting equipment prior to use. • Calibrating equipment according to Section 8.0 of this QAPjP. NP-6/SECT13 07/02/93 13-1 CLR3QQ5Q7 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 13.0 Revision No.: ____0 Date: July 2, 1993 Page: 2 of 2 • Charging battery packs when not in use. • Maintaining spare and replacement parts in the field to minimize downtime. A representative list of spare parts for the North Penn Area 6 Site RI/FS includes: • Batteries as required for all equipment used. • Extra sample containers and preservatives. • H&S equipment - gloves, filters, boots, tyvek. • Extra coolers and packing equipment, sample location stakes. • Flagging tape. • Bucket augers. • Calibration solutions and gases. • Sample scoops. • Tubing. • Trowels. In the event, that a piece of equipment needs to be repaired, a list of manufacturers addresses, phone numbers,'and contact persons will be kept onsite. NP-B/SECT13 07/02/93 13-2 AR300508 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 14.0 Revision No.: 0 Date: July 2, 1993 Page: 1 of 3 14.0 PROCEDURES USED TO ASSESS DATA ACCURACY, PRECISION, AND COMPLETENESS The following sections describe the procedures that will be used to assess the quality of data generated during the North Perm Area 6 Site RI/FS. 14.1 Overall Project Assessment It is the role of the Project/Site Manager to see that the data quality objectives for the project are being met by following specific procedures which allow the assessment of data accuracy, precision, and completeness. In addition to adherence to the sampling protocols, field and laboratory audits, and review of data reporting procedures, the Project/Site Manager maintains thorough documentation of all decisions made during each phase of the project which could effect the scope or outcome of these parameters. 14.2 Field Quality Assessment All field personnel receive thorough training in the field methods which will be utilized for each individual sampling event. This instruction includes a review of log book preparation, field data acquisition, equipment use and calibration and health and safety review. It is the responsibility of the Data/Sample Coordinator to perform field audits and ensure that appropriate sampling procedures, including blank/duplicate sampling, are being followed. 14.3 Laboratory Data Quality Assessment All non-CLP laboratories used for this project will submit a QA/QC plan to EPA for review. Specific EPA protocols which will be followed by the CLP to assess data quality are outlined in the CLP Organic and Inorganic Statements of Work, located in Exhibits E. 14.4 Measurements of Data Quality Accuracy Accuracy is the degree of agreement of a measurement with an accepted true value. LCSs, surrogate spikes, and matrix spikes are used to assess Percent Recovery (%R). NP-B/SECT14 07/02/93 14-1 1R1QQ5Q9 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 14.0 Revision No.: ____1 Date: August 6, 1993 Page: 2 of 3______ % R = concentration found X 100 concentration spiked For matrix spikes, correction for background concentrations found in the unspiked fraction must be made as follows: % R = spiked concentration CmeasuredVbackground sample concentration X 100 Spiked concentration (actual) Accuracy control charts are prepared in order to plot values for lab control samples, surrogate spike, and matrix spike recoveries. Results from each matrix must be charted separately. Control .limits are set as the mean _±3 standard deviations. Warning limits are at the mean_±2 standard deviations. Precision Precision is defined as the agreement between numeric values for two or more measurements which have been made in an identical fashion. Control charts for precision are plots of the relative percent difference (RPD) between pairs of sample duplicates or matrix spike duplicates. Relative percent difference is calculated as the absolute difference between the two replicate values divided by the average of the two values, expressed as a percent. Each matrix should be plotted separately. Since precision is typically concentration-dependent, care must be taken to chart low-level and high-level samples separately. RPD = ABS (Rep A-Rep E} X 100 for Duplicate (Rep A + Rep B)/2 Samples RPD = ABS (MS -MSP) X 100 for Matrix Spike (MS + MSD)/2 Samples Where MS = Matrix Spike and MSD = Matrix Spike Duplicate ABS = Absolute Value NP-B/SECT14 07/02/93 14-2 JVR3Q05IO NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE ' Section: 14.0 Revision No.: 1 Date: August 6, 1993 Page: 3 of 3______ If three or more values are being compared, the relative standard deviation will be calculated as followed. RSD = (s/y) x 100 Where s = standard deviation y = mean of all values being compared Completeness Completeness is a measure of the amount of the valid data obtained from the measurement system compared to the amount that was expected under normal conditions. Completeness can be determined by: completeness = number of samples accepted as valid X 100 number of samples analyzed No data can be omitted unless the following criteria exist: 1) An error occurred in the analysis which makes the data suspect; 2) QC recovery of the run was unacceptable 14.5 Laboratory Data Assessment Control charts for accuracy and precision are constructed and reviewed by laboratory personnel. Data falling outside control limits (+ 3 sd.) trigger corrective action procedures outlined in CLP SOW and Section 15.0 of the QAPjP. NP-6/SECT14 07/02/93 14-3 AR3005If NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 15.0 Revision No.: ____0 Date: July 2, 1993 Page: 1 of 2 15.0 CORRECTIVE ACTION In the event that errors, deficiencies, or out-of-control situations occur, corrective action is required. Corrective actions are systematic procedures which are used to restore the proper functioning of the sampling or analytical systems. The Project/Site Manager is responsible for initiating and completing corrective action on the North Penn Area 6 Site RI/FS. Identification of the need for corrective actions can occur as a result of daily site activities or from deficiencies noted during audits. The RPM will be advised in writing of the need for corrective action. RPM approval will be obtained prior to significantly changing or adding procedures outlined in the QAPjP, FSP, or HSP. All laboratory corrective action will follow either approved or CLP SOPs. Analytical results which exceed the warning limits but not the control limits alert the analyst to a potential problem. Sample results are accepted, but the procedures and standards are checked. If the lab control sample exceeds the control limit, the analyst must stop work on the analysis. The analyst, supervisor, and laboratory QA Coordinator investigate potential causes of the problem. After the cause is determined and corrected, samples from the original set are rerun along with duplicate spiked samples and a lab control sample. Control limits are recalculated periodically. The frequency of this is dependent on the number of data points accumulated. QC sample results are plotted on a daily basis so that findings may be promptly evaluated. The charts are used to detect trends before an out-of-control situation develops. Examples of situations to monitor closely are: • Four (4) or more consecutive points on one side of the midpoint of the chart. • Gradually increasing or decreasing response. • Cyclical patterns. • Broadened range of response. An out-of-control situation occurring in' the field which would trigger corrective actions could include locating excessive amounts of unexpected contamination. The Field Team Leader would then consult the Project/Site Manager to reassess the need for additional NP-6/SECT1B 07/02/93 15-1 AR3005I2 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 15.0 Revision No.: 0 Date: July 2, 1993 Page: 2 of 2 sampling and make recommendations regarding the course of action to take. The RPM would be contacted for guidance and approval of any changes in the QAPjP or FSP which would result from this situation. Both the situation and the results of any actions taken on the site would be recorded in the monthly project report. Methods for resolving, the problems will also be included in the monthly and quarterly reports. NP-5/SECT15 07/02/93 15-2 NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 16.0 Revision No.: ____0 Date: July 2, 1993 Page: 1 of 1 16.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE REPORTS TO MANAGEMENT The Project Site Manager will prepare quarterly progress reports which summarize all applicable quality assurance activities as they occur. Minimum requirements for each quarterly report include: «1 Status and coverage of various lab and field QA project activities. • Data quality assurance reviews of precision, accuracy, and completeness. • Any significant field observations noted in field notebooks. • Summary of results of performance and system audits. QA audits are the responsibility of the BVWST Quality Assurance Manager and the Data/Sample Coordinator. The audits will include a thorough evaluation of the data collection, chain-of-custody, scheduling and budgetary aspects of the project during that time period. NP-5/SECT17 07/02/93 16-1 AR3005|lf NORTH PENN AREA 6 NPL SITE Section: 17.0 Revision No.: ____0 Date: July 2. 1993 Page: 1 of 1 17.0 REFERENCES APHA, AWWA, WPCF, 1985. Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater. 16th ed. U.S. EPA Contract Laboratory Program, March 1990. Statement of Work for Inorganic Analysis (with subsequent modifications). U.S." EPA Contract Laboratory Program, March 1990. Statement of Work for Organic Analysis (with subsequent modifications). U.S. EPA, 1987. Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste Physical/Chemical Methods. 3rd ed., SW-846. ' U.S. EPA, March 1983. Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes. (EPA- 600/179-020). American Society for Testing and Materials, Annual Book of ASTM Standards. Volume 04.08, 1993. U.S. EPA/Corps of Engineers. Procedures for Handling and Chemical Analysis of Sediment and Water Samples, May 1981. NP-6/SECT17 07/02/93 17-1 RR3005I5 APPENDICES RR3005I6 SECTION 4 CALIBRATION Before calibration of the Model 360 or Model 361 can be checked, ' the instrument must be in operating condition (NOTE: See Operating Instructions in Section 1, OPERATION). Optional calibration equipment is shown in Figure 11. Calibration check adjustment is made as follows: MODEL 360 CALIBRATION.(USING THE MODEL R CALIBRATION CHECK KIT) 1. Attach the flow control to the 0.751 pentane/15% oxygen calibration gas tank. 2. Connect the adapter-hose to the flow control. 3. Open the flow control valve. 4. Connect the adapter-hose fitting to the inlet of the instrument; within 30 seconds, the LEL readout.should stabilize and indicate between 47 and 55%. If the indication is not in the correct range, remove the 'right end of the indicator and adjust the LEL SPAN" control to obtain 50%. 5. Verify the oxygen read-ing; it should be between 13 and 17%. 6. Disconnect the adapter-hose fitting from the instrument. 7. Close the flow control valve. 8. Remove the flow control from the calibration gas tank. 9. Attach the flow control to the 300 ppm carbon monoxide calibration gas tank. 10. Ooen the flow control valve. Figure 11. Model 360 or 361 with Calibration Equipment 34 AR3005I8 11. Connect the adapter-hose fitting to the inlet of the instrument; after approximately 2 minutes, the TOX readout should stabilize and indicate between 275 and 325 ppm. if the indication is not in the correct range, remove the right end of the indicator and adjust the TOX SPAN control to obtain 300ppm. 12. Disconnect the adapter-hose fitting from the'instrument. 13. Close the flow control valve. 0 ' 14. Remove the adapter-hose from the flow control. 15. Rerove the flow control from the calibration gas tank. MODEL 361 CALIBRATION (USING MODEL RP CALIBRATION CHECK KIT, FIGURE 11) 1. Attach the flow control to the .75% pentane/15% oxygen calibration gas tank. 2. Connect the adapter-hose to the flow control. 3. Open the flow control valve. 4. Connect the adapter-hose fitting to the inlet of the instrument; within 30 seconds, the LEL meter should stabilize and indicate between 47 and 55%. If the indication is not in the correct range, remove the right end of the indicator and adjust the LEL SPAN control to obtain 50% 5. Verify the oxygen reading; it should be between 13 and 17%. 6. Disconnect the adapter-hose fitting from the instrument. 7. Close the flow control valve. 35 AR3005I9 8. Remove the flow control from the calibration gas tank. 9. Attach the flow control to the 10 ppm hydrogen sulfide calibration gas tank (40 ppm gas may be used; the choice of ^23 calibration gas will depend upon concentrations anticipated in the workplace). 10. Open the flow control valve. 11. Connect the adapter-hose fitting to the inlet of the instrument; after approximately 1 minute, the TOX readout should stabilize and indicate between 7 to 13 ppo (35 to 45 ppm for 40 ppa H2S). . If the indication is not in the correct range, remove the right end of the indicator and adjust the TOX SPAN control to obtain 10 ppm (40 ppn for 40 ppm H2S). 12. Disconnect the adapter-hose fitting from the instrument. 13. Close the flow control valve. 14. Remove the acapter-hcse from the flow control. i 15. Remove the flow control from the calibration gas tank. CAUTION Calibration gas tank contents are under pressure. Do not use oil, grease or flammable solvents on, the flow control or the calibration gas tank. Do not store calibration gas tank near heat or fire, nor in rooms used for habitation. Do not throw in fire, incinerate or puncture. Keep out of the reach of children. It is illegal and hazardous to refill this tank. Do not attach any gas tank other than MSA calibration tanks to the flow control. 36 AR30052Q SECTION 3 CALIBRATION 'SUCTION The ?I 101 Analyzer ia designed for trace (as analysis in itbient air aad ia calibrated at RKU with certified tta&dards of <*BZeee, vinyl chloride and iaobwtylene. Other optional .alUraticr.j are available (e.g., ascccie, cthylene oxide. H2S, >tc.). Calibration data is given i. the data sheet. If a ipecial calibration baa beea done, the data ia given ia the Application Data Sheet, which eetea the saaple source, type of calibration (see Sectiea fi. Appendix), tad ether pertinent .aforsatien. Coed iestrvaentatiea practice calls for calibration on the species to be aeasured ia the concentration range to be used. 'his procedure assurea the operator that the analyzer ia »pcrating properly and will generate reliable data. Sese general points to consider when calibrating the PI 101 ire that the analyzer is designed forcperation st a - b i e n t :enditions and therefore the gas standards used fer calibration iheuld be delivered to the analyzer st ssbient temperatures and >ressure and at the proper flow rates. WARNING: 101 is a eer.-destructive analyzer; calibratiees using r hazardous gases tust be dene in a hood. The frec.uer.cy of cslitration should be dictated by he i»age cf the analyzer and the toxicity of the species -.easured. !f the analyzer has been serviced or repaired, calibration ihould be doce to verify operation a&d perforaance. It if •eccstended that calibration be checked frequently at first !daily or erery other day) a_d then regularly based on the :onfidence level developed. The cereal seter scaleplate ia 0 to 20. If the acaleplate ia different, refer to the Application data Sheet. If there are toeaticns, consult the HNU rtprese&tative before proceeding with calibration check. A& accurate a&d reliable aethod of calibration check is to tat an aealyted gas cylinder in a ttat setup as shewn in Figure J-l aod described aclew. Additional saterial en calibration ia liven ic Section 6, JLppe&dix. IViLTZZD CAS CTLIKDEE •. Cotcentratien - The ealibratloo gaa cylinder it to coctaia the aptcies of intereat aadt ap in an air satriz •t or aesr tba concettratiee to ba atalyzed. If tba ceapo&e&t ia statable ie air, aoetber matrii la to ba aaad. Tha fisal calibratioa aixtcre ahocld ba similar to the aaapl* tba PI 101 vill sealyre. If the expected ceccefitratioe is aot kaowe tban a cocceetratioe should be chosa& that will cacse a scala liaplacaaect of SO to 801 ot the 110 raage. Calibratiea oe X10 raage will ffovlde acc.ratt valsea oa the II raege aa well. SECTION 3.2. ANALYZED CAS CYLINDER cone i For use on the 0-2000 range, « two-standard calibration is preferred: one at 70 to 851 of the linear range and the other at 25 to 351 of the linear range. With the linear range of approxieately 600 pps for aost cospounds these points would lie between £20 to 510 ppc and 150 to 210 ppa, respectively. Stability -The calibration fas Bust be stable within f the cylinder during the period of oae. If the calibration is required in the field, then use of a small cylinder is recoaaended. In addition, the choice f of cylinder saterial in contact with the gas Bust be a, considered (steel, sluainu- or teflon). If there are any questions, the operator should request stability and r usage inforeaticn from the fas supplier. \_ WARNING " Extrese care eust be taken in the handling 1 of gas cylinders. Contents are under high pressure. In sore cases, the contents Bay . be hazardous. Many gas suppliers will I provide data sheets for the eixtures upon request. . Delivery - The cylinder containing the calibration • eizture eust be connected to a proper regulator. | WARNING * Never open the valve on a fas cylinder I container without a regulator attached. I Leak test all tank/regulator connections as well as the | •ain cylinder valve to prevent toxic or hazardous •aterials froa leaking into the work area. Care Bust be taken that the aateriala of construction of the I regulator will not interact with the calibration fas. ' One method of aaapliaf the calibratioa fas is I illustrated ia Figure 3-1. Connect the cylinder to one I leg of the tee. a flow aeter to the opposite leg, aad the probe to the third l«f. The flew aeter doea act . require a valve. If there ia a valve, it Bust be left v wide open, the flowveter is only to iadicate excess ^^t flow. Adjust the flow froa the regulator such that only |^V a little excess flow is registered at the flowaeter. ^^ I PACE 3-2 RR30Q522 ] CTIOK 3.2. ANALYZED CAS CYLINDER cent This insures that the PI 101 aeea the calibration gas at atmospheric pressure and aabient teaperature. d. Usage - Generally, a fas cylinder should net be used below 200-300 psi as pressure effects could cause concentration variations. The cylinder ahould act be used past the recoaaended age of the contents as indicated by the aa&ufact«rer. Xe caae of difficulty. verify the coateata and coace&tratiea of the gas cylinder. «. Alteraate Beans of calibration arc possible. For •era inforaation, contact the BNU Service Department. •5 FSOEI a. Identify the probe by the laap label. If • question ezista, disasseeblethe probe and iespect the 1 a a p. The energy of the lasp is etched iate the glass envelope. b. Connect the probe to the readout asseably, asking sure the red interlock twitch is depressed by the ring en the connector. c. Set the SPAN pet to the proper vsloe for the probe being calibrated. E e £ e r to the calibration aeao sccempar.yang the probe* d. Check the Icr. ization Potential (IP) of the calibratic-. gas to be used. The IP of the calibration fas Bust be at or below the IP of the laap. e. Proceed with the calibration at described ie Section 3.4. Check the calibration aeao for specific data. If any questions develop, call the BNU representative. f. KOT£: The Il.TeV laap has s special cleaning ccapcund., Do aet use water or any ether cleaning ceapound with the 11.7 eV lasp. Do act interchange ion chaabcra. aaplifiar boarda er laapa betweea probes. (Sac Section I 3.2). MOCEDUU 1 Battery check • Tare the fa&ctiee switch to VUTT. The aeedle abould be it the green region. If aet recharge the battery. 1 ?ACt 3-3 E C T 10'«' 3 . i . P ?. OCEDt'PE cent L b. Zero set - Turn the function switch to STANDBY. I In this position the lasp is OFF and no signal is generated. Set the tero poinc with the 2EP.O set control. The zero can also be set with the function switch on the XI position and using a "Hydrocarbon-free" air. In this case "negative" readings are possible if the analyzer measures a cleaner saaple when in service. r c. 0-20 or 0-200 range - For calibrating on the 0-20 or 0-200 range only one gas atandard is required. Turn the function switch to the range position and note the meter J reading. Adjust the SPAS' control setting as required to • read the ppz concentration of the standard. Recheck the zero setting (step b.). If readjustment is needed, I* repeat step c. This gives a two-point calibration; zero t> and the gas standard point. Additional calibration points can be generated by dilution of the standard with .- zero air if desired (see Section 6). I d. 0-2000 range - For calibrating on the 0-2000 range, use of two standards is recossended as cited in Section j 3.2 a . First calibrate with the higher standard using , -• the SPAS control for setting. Then calibrate with the lower standard using the ZERO adjustment. Repeat these ' r several tises to ensure that a good calibration is _. obtained. The analyzer will be appoxieately linear to better than 600 ppe, (see Figure 3-2). If the analyzer is subsequently to be used on the 0-20 or 0-200 range, it ttust be recalibrated as described in steps b. and c. above. e. Lasp cleaning - If the span setting resulting fros i calibration is 0.0 or if calibration cannot be achieved. then the laspsust be cleaned (seeSection 5.2). r f. Lasp replaceaent - If the lacp output is too low or if the lasp has failed, it Bust be replaced (see Section 5.3). . [ s CALIBRATION CHECKING ' T Rapid calibration checking in the field can be accceplished by use of a ssall disposable cylinder containing isobutylene. * Isaediately after a calibration has been coapTcted. a reading is [ takea en a special isobutylene standard. This provides a reference concentration aeasureeeet for later checking ia the field. This can be done at any tiae with a portable cylinder containing this saae special standard, using this reference reading as a check, aad aakiag adjustaeats to the analyzer if accessary. In effect, this is an indirect aethod of calibration, one maintaining the calibration to five direct readings for the original gas mixture, but using the portable isobutylene cylinder. Details are fiven in Section 8.2 of the Appendix. PAGE 3-4 AR300521* E 3-1 TIST L I 1000 H f I ISOBUTVIENE I IN AIR I I I *00 600 &00 '000 ACTUAL PPM 10OC 200 *» 600 1000 U«VES (10.7 aV, fl R 3 Q Q 5 2 "56 ' "* ORGANIC CARBON, TOTAL Method 415.1 (Combustion or Oxidation) STORET NO. Total 00680 Dissolved 00681 1. Scope and Application 1.1 This method includes the measurement of organic carbon in drinking, surface and saline waters, domestic and industrial wastes. Exclusions are noted under Definitions and Interferences. 1.2 The method is most applicable to measurement of organic carbon above 1 mg/1. 2. Summary of Method 2.1 Organic carbon in a sample is converted to carbon dioxide (CO;) by catalytic combustion or wet chemical oxidation. The C0_ formed can be measured directly by an infrared detector or converted to methane (CH,) and measured by a flame ionization detector. The amount of CO2 or CH4 is directly proportional to the concentration of carbonaceous material in the sample. 3. Definitions 3.1 The carbonaceous analyzer measures all of the carbon in a sample. Because of various properties of carbon-containing compounds in liquid samples, preliminary treatment of the sample prior to analysis dictates the definition of the carbon as it is measured. Forms a) of carbon that are measured by the method are: • A) soluble, nonvolatile organic carbon; for instance, natural sugars. 8) soluble, volatile organic carbon; for instance, mercaptans. C) insoluble, partially volatile carbon; for instance, oils. D) insoluble, particulate carbonaceous materials, for instance; cellulose fibers. E) soluble or insoluble carbonaceous materials adsorbed or entrapped on insoluble inorganic suspended matter; for instance, oily matter adsorbed on silt particles. 3.2 The final usefulness of the carbon measurement is in assessing the potential oxygen- demanding load of organic material on a receiving stream. This statement applies whether the carbon measurement is made on a sewage plant effluent, industrial waste, or on water taken directly from the stream. In this light, carbonate and bicarbonate carbon are not a part of the oxygen demand in the stream and therefore should be discounted in the final calculation or removed prior to analysis. The manner of preliminary* treatment of the sample and instrument settings defines the types of carbon which are measured. Instrument manufacturer's instructions should be followed. Approved for NPDES Issued 1971 Editorial revision 1974 415.1-1 4. Sample Handling and Preservation 4.1 Sampling and storage of samples in glass bottles is preferable. Sampling and storage in plastic bottles such as conventional polyethylene and cubitainers is permissible if it is established that the containers do not contribute contaminating organics to the samples. NOTE 1: A brief study performed in the EPA Laboratory indicated that distilled water stored in new, one quart cubitainers did not show any increase in organic carbon after two weeks exposure. 4.2 Because of the possibility of oxidation or bacterial decomposition of some components of aqueous samples, the lapse of time between collection of samples and start of analysis should be kept to a minimum. Also, samples should be kept cool (4*Q and protected from sunlight and atmospheric oxygen. 4.3 In instances where analysis cannot be performed within two hours (2 hours) from time of sampling, the sample is acidified (pH £ 2) with HC1 or HjSO4- 5. Interferences 5.1 Carbonate and bicarbonate carbon represent an interference under the terms of this test and must be removed or accounted for in the final calculation. ' 5.2 This procedure is applicable only to homogeneous samples which can be injected into the apparatus reproducibly by means of a microliter type syringe or pipette. The openings of the syringe or pipette limit the maximum size of particles which may be included in the sample. 6. Apparatus 6.1 Apparatus for blending or homogenizing samples: Generally, a Waring-type blender is satisfactory. 6.2 Apparatus for total and dissolved organic carbon: 6.2.1 A number of companies manufacture systems for measuring carbonaceous material in liquid samples. Considerations should be made as to the types of samples to be analyzed, the expected concentration range, and forms of carbon to be measured. 6.2.2 No specific analyzer is recommended as superior. 7. Reagents 7.1 Distilled water used in preparation of standards and for dilution of samples should be ultra pure to reduce the carbon concentration of the blank. Carbon dioxide-free, double distilled water is recommended. Ion exchanged waters are not recommended because of the possibilities of contamination with organic materials from the resins. 7.2 Potassium hydrogen phthaJate, stock solution, 1000 mg carbon/liter. Dissolve 0,2128 g of potassium hydrogen phthaiate (Primary Standard Grade) in distilled water and dilute to 100.0 ml. NOTE 2: Sodium oxalate and acetic acid are not recommended as stock solutions. 7.3 Potassium hydrogen phthaiate, standard solutions: Prepare standard solutions from the stock solution by dilution with distilled water. 7.4 Carbonate-bicarbonate, stock solution, 1000 mg carbon/liter: Weigh 0.3500 g of sodium bicarbonate and 0.4418 g of sodium carbonate and transfer both to the same 100 ml volumetric flask. Dissolve with distilled water. 415.1-2 AR300528 7.5 Carbonate-bicarbonate, standard solution:-Prepare a series of standards similar to step 7.3. NOTE 3: This standard is not required by some instruments. 7.6 Blank solution: Use the same distilled water (or similar quality water) used for the preparation of the standard solutions. 8. Procedure 8.1 Follow instrument manufacturer's instructions for calibration, procedure, and calculations. 8.2 For calibration of the instrument, it is recommended that a series of standards encompassing the expected concentration range of the samples be used. 9. Precision and Accuracy 9.1 Twenty-eight analysts in twenty-one laboratories analyzed distilled water solutions containing exact increments of oxidizable organic compounds, with the following results: > Increment as Precision as Accurac• y as TOC Standard Deviation Bias, Bias, . mg/liter TOC, ing/liter _%______ing/liter 4.9 3.93 -1-15.27 • -1-0.75 107 8.32 + 1.01 . 4-1.08 (FWPCA Method Study 3, Demand Analyses) ~- Bibliography 1. Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Part 31, "Water", Standard D 2574-79, p469 (1976). 2. Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 14th Edition, p 532, Method 505, (1975). e> 415.1-3 AR300529 METHOD 9081 CATION-EXCHANGE CAPACITY OF SOILS (SODIUM ACETATE) 1.0 SCOPE AND APPLICATION 1.1 Method 9081 is applicable to most soils, Including calcareous and noncalcareous soils. The method of cation-exchange capacity by summation (Chapman, 1965, p. 900; see Paragraph 10.1) should be employed for distinctly add soils. 2.0 SUMMARY OF METHOD 2.1 The soil sample 1s mixed with an excess of sodium acetate solution, resulting 1n an exchange of the added sodium cations for the matrix cations. Subsequently, the sample 1s washed with Isopropyl alcohol. An ammonium acetate solution 1s then added, which replaces the adsorbed sodium with ammonium. The concentration of displaced sodium 1s then determined by atomic absorption, emission spectroscopy, or an equivalent means. 3.0 INTERFERENCES 3.1 Interferences can occur during analysis of the extract for sodium content. Thoroughly Investigate the chosen analytical method for potential Interferences. 4.0 APPARATUS AND MATERIALS 4.1 Centrifuge tube and stopper; 50-mL, round-bottom, narrow neck. 4.2 Mechanical shaker. 4.3 Volumetric flask; 100-mL. 5.0 REAGENTS , 5.1 Sodium acetate (NaOAc), 1.0 N: Dissolve 136 g of NaC^rbOe'Sr^O 1n water and dilute. 1t to 1,000 ml. The pH of this solution should be 8.2. If needed, add a few drops of acetic add or NaOH solution to bring the reaction of the solution to pH 8.2. 5.2 Ammonium acetate (NfyOAc), 1 N: Dilute 114 ml of glacial acetic add (99.5S) with water to a volume of approximately 1 IHer. Then add 138 ml of concentrated ammonium hydroxide (NfyOH) and add water to obtain a volume of about 1,980 mL. Check the pH of the resulting solution, add more NfyOH, as needed, to obtain a pH of 7, and dilute the solution to a volume of 2 liters with water. 9081 - 1 Revision 0 Date September 1986 AR300530 5.3 Isopropyl alcohol; 991. • 6.0 SAMPLE COLLECTION, PRESERVATION, AND HANDLING 6.1 All samples roust be collected using a sampling plan that addresses the considerations discussed In Chapter Nine of this manual. 7.0 PROCEDURE 7.1 Weigh 4 g of medium- or flne-textured soil or 6 g of coarse-textured soil and transfer the sample to a 50-mL, round-bottom, narrow-neck centrifuge tube. (A fine soil has >50X of the particles <0.074 mm, medium soil has >50X >0.425 mm, while a coarse sol? has more than BOX of Its particles >2 mm. 7.2 Add 33 mL of 1.0 N NaOAc solution, stopper the tube, shake 1t in a mechanical shaker for 5 min, and centrifuge It until the supernatant liquid 1s clear. 7.3 Decant the liquid, and repeat Paragraph 7.2 three more times. 7.4 Add 33 mL of 99% Isopropyl alcohol, stopper the tube, shake 1t in a mechanical shaker for 5 min, and centrifuge It until the supernatant liquid is clear. 7.5 Repeat the procedure described in Paragraph 7.4 two more times. 7.6 Add 33 mL of NH^Ac solution, stopper the tube, shake it in a mechanical shaker for 5 m1n, and centrifuge it until the supernatant liquid is clear. Decant the washing into a 100-mL volumetric flask. 7.7 Repeat the procedure described in Paragraph 7.6 two more times.- \ ' 7.8 Dilute the combined washing to the 100-mL mark with ammonium acetate solution and determine the sodium concentration by atomic absorption,, emission spectroscopy, or an equivalent method. 8.0 QUALITY CONTROL . 8.1 All quality control data should be maintained and available for easy reference or Inspection. 8.2 Employ a minimum of one blank per sample batch to determine 1f contamination or any memory effects are occurring. 8.3 Materials of known cation-exchange capacity must be routinely analyzed. 9081 - 2 Revision Date September 1986 9.0 METHOD PERFORMANCE 9.1 No data provided. 10.0 REFERENCES 10.1 This method is based on Chapman, H.D., "Cation-exchange Capacity," pp. 891-900, 1n C.A. Black (ed.), Method of Soil Analysis, Part 2: Chemical and Microbiological Properties, Am. Soc. Agron., Madison, Wisconsin (1965). 9081 - 3 Revision Date September 1986 AR300532 METHOD CATION-EXCHANGE CAPACITY OF sorts (SODIUM ACETATE) O 7.6 I Add solutionI :NHdOA «n»ktC; Out (smelt. centrifuge: tr»n«fer to 0«c»nt otcning esntrlfugc tuet into fl««k 7. Z 7.7 N»OAC solution; Heoest procedure c«ntr i rue* Z tim«s 7.3 7.8 Dilute COmOlntd •••ning 0*esnt n •mmoniua rcpist 3 »or« •c»t»te tl*i*s solution r.e ABO isooroeyl Oetermin* • Iconol: sn«K«; SOOlui" csntrifuo" eone«ntr«tion 7.S ««p«»t 2 *or« tl»«s O 9081 - 4 Revision Date September 1986 aR'300533 Designation: D 2434 - 68 (Reapproved 1974)*1 Standard Test Method for Permeability of Granular Soils (Constant Head)1 This standard is issued under the fixed designation D 2434; the number immediately following the designation indicates the year of original adoption or, in the case of revision, the year of last revision. A number in parentheses indicates the year of last reapproval. A superscript epsilon (i) indicates an editorial change since the last revision or reapproval. " NOTE—Section 2 was added editorially and subsequent sections renumbered in July 1984. 1. Scope 12 times the maximum particle size in accordance with 1.1 This test method covers the determination of the Table 1. The permeameter should be fitted with: (1) a coefficient of permeability by a constant-head method for porous disk or suitable reinforced screen at the bottom with a the laminar flow of water through granular soils. The permeability greater than that of the soil specimen, but with procedure is to establish representative values of the coeffi- openings sufficiently small (not larger than 10 % finer size) cient of permeability of granular soils that may occur in to prevent movement of particles; (2) manometer outlets for natural deposits as placed in embankments, or when used as measuring the loss of head, h, over a length, /, equivalent to base courses under pavements. In order to limit consolida- at least the diameter of the cylinder, (3) a porous disk or tion influences during testing, this procedure is limited to suitable reinforced screen with a spring attached to the top, disturbed granular soils, containing not more than 10 % soil or any other device, for applying a light spring pressure of 22 passing the 75-um (No. 200) sieve. to 45-N (5 to 10-lbf) total load, when the top plate is attached in place. This will hold the placement density and volume of 2. Referenced Documents soil without significant change during the saturation of the 2 1 ASTM Standards' specimen and the permeability testing to satisfy the require- D 422 Method for Particle-Size Analysis of Soils2 ment prescribed in 3 1.1. D2049 Test Method for Relative Density of Cohesionless 4-2 Constant-Head Filler Tank, as shown in Fig. 1, to Soils3 supply water and to remove most of the air from tap water, fitted with suitable control valves to maintain conditions 3. Fundamental Test Conditions described in 3.1.2. 3.1 The following ideal test conditions are prerequisites NOTE i—De-aired water may be used if preferred. for the laminar flow of water through granular soils under constant-head conditions: - 4.3 Large Funnels, fitted with special cylindrical spouts 25 3.1.1 Continuity of flow with no soil volume change mm (1 in.) in diameter for 9.5-mm (Vs-in.) maximum size during a test, particles and 13 mm ('/: in.) in diameter for 2.00-mm (No. 3.1.2 Flow with the soil voids saturated with water and no \Q) maximum size'particles. The length of the spout should air bubbles in the soil voids, be greater than the full length of the permeability chamber— 3.1.3 Flow in the steady state with no changes in hy- at least 150 mm (6 in.). draulic gradient, and 4.4 Specimen Compaction Equipment2—Compaction 3.1.4 Direct proportionality of velocity of flow with hy- equipment as deemed desirable may be used. The following draulic gradients below certain values, at which turbulent are suggested: a vibrating tamper fitted with a tamping foot flow starts. 51 mm (2 in.) in diameter; a sliding tamper with a tamping 3.2. All other types of flow involving partial saturation of foot 51 mm (2 in.) in diameter, and a rod for sliding weights soil voids, turbulent flow, and unsteady state of flow are Of iQO g (0.25 Ib) (for sands) to 1 kg (2.25 Ib) (for soils with a transient in character and yield variable and time-dependent large ^^ content), having an adjustable height of drop to coefficients of permeability; therefore, they require, special 102 mm (4 in } for ^^ and 203 mm (8 in>) for ^^ with test conditions and procedures. Iarge g^, contents. 4.5 Vacuum Pump or Water-Faucet Aspirator, for evacu- 4. Apparatus atmg an(^ for saturating soil specimens under full vacuum 4.1 Permeameters, as shown in Fig. 1, shall have spec- (see Fig. 2). imen cylinders with minimum diameters approximately 8 or 4.5 Manometer Tubes, with metric scales for measuring head of water. ———————— 4_7 Balance, of 2-kg (4.4-lb) capacity, sensitive to 1 g 1 This test method is under the jurisdiction of ASTM Committee D-18 on Soil .„ .y.., ., > and Rock and is the direct responsibility of Subcommittee Dl 8.04 on Hydrologic (.U.UUZ ID;. Properties of Soil and Rocks. 4.8 Scoop, with a capacity of about 100 g (0.25 Ib) of soil. Current edition approved Sept. 13. 1968. Originally issued 1965. Replaces 49 Miscellaneous Apparatus—Thermometers, clock with "%*£i look of ASTM Smndards. voi 04.08. sweeP second hand- 25°-mL g^ate. quart jar, mixing pan, 3 Discontinued—See 1983 Annual Book of ASTM Standards. Vol 04.08. . etc. 308 AR300531* D2434 •CONSTANT-HEAD FILTER TANK (To smaller scole) ;. FINE SA'NPJ II •FILTER TANK VALVE -•TAP WATER Y XINLET VALVE OVERFLOW '^' VALVE ^ ^ ^ ^o MANOMETER MANOMETER VALVE. * n TUBES POROUS DISK SCREEN th METAL a SOIL OR ia SPECIMEN TRANSPARENT ACRYLIC th 10 PLASTIC :e) CYLINDER POROUS DISK OR vj, or r SCREEN-^. to OUTLET or P, 22 id of ne -e- FIG. 1 Constant-Head Permeameter 5. Sample that required for filling the permeameter chamber. 5.1 A representative sample of air-dried granular soil, 6. Preparation of Specimens containing less than 10 % of the material passing the 75-um' 61 The size of permeameter to be used shall be as (No. 200) sieve and equal to an amount sufficient to satisfy prescribed in Table 1. the requirements prescribed in 5.2 and 5.3, shall be selected 6.2 Make the following initial measurements in centi- by the method of quartering. metres or square centimetres and record on the data sheet 5.2 A sieve analysis (see Method D 422) shall be made on (Fig. 3); the inside diameter, D, of the permeameter, the ze a representative sample of the complete soil prior to the length, L, between manometer outlets; the depth, //,, o. permeability test. Anv particles larger than 19 mm (% in.) measured at four symmetrically spaced points from the Id shall be separated out by sieving (Method D422). This upper surface of the top plate of the permeability cylinder to oversize material shall not'be used for the permeability test, tlje toP of _he, uPPer P°rous, slone or scree" .temporarily but the percentage of the oversize material shall be recorded. P^.ced.°.n *e '^er porous plate or screen. This automata- m cally deducts the thickness of the upper porous plate or ng screen from the height measurements used to determine the ot NOTE 2—In order to establish representative valnes of coefficients of volume of soil placed in the permeability cylinder. Use a permeabilities for the range that may exist in the situation being duplicate top plate containing four, large symmetrically its investigated, samples of the finer, average, and coarser soils should be spaced openings through which the necessary measurements obtained for testing. ^ ^ made tQ determine the average value for HI. to Calculate the cross-sectional area, A, of the specimen. th 5.3 From the material from which the oversize has been 6.3 Take a small portion of the sample selected as removed (see 5.2), select by the method of quartering, a prescribed in 5.3 for water content determinations. Record u- sample for testing equal to an amount approximately twice the weight of the remaining air-dried sample (see 5.3), W^ m TABLE 1 Cylinder Diameter Minimum Cylinder Diameter Maximum Particle Size Retained on Sieve Opening More than 35 % of Total Soil Retained on Sieve Opening Lies Between Sieve Openings Less than 35 % of Total Soil 2.00-mm (No. 10) 9.5-mm (H-in.) 2.00-mm (No. 10) 9.5-mm (H-in.) 2,00-mm (No. 10) and 9.5- 309 ____&R3QQ535 D2434 INLET VALVE FIG. 2 Device for Evacuating and Saturating Specimen • . '" ' a. "or unit weight determinations. •- the layer in a regular pattern. The pressure of contact and the 6.4 Place the prepared soil by one of the following length of time of the vibrating action at each spot should not procedures in uniform thin layers approximately equal in cause soil to escape from beneath the edges of the tamping thickness after compaction to the maximum size of particle, foot, thus tending to loosen the layer. Make a sufficient but not less than approximately 15 mm (0.60 in.). number of coverages to produce maximum density, as 6.4.1 For soils having a maximum size of 9.5 mm (Vt in.) evidenced by practically no visible motion of surface'.parti- or less, place the appropriate size of funnel, as prescribed in cles adjacent to the edges of the tamping foot. 4.3, in the permeability device with the spout in contact with 6.5.2.2 Compaction by Sliding Weight Tamper-=~Com- the lower porous plate or screen, or previously formed layer, Pact each layer of s0'1 thoroughly by tamping blows u*iir - 'ill the funnel with sufficient soil to form a layer, taking fonnly distributed over the surface of the layer. Adjust the . ,-om different areas of the sample in the pan. Lift the ^^ of dr°P and £ve sufficient coverages to produce funnel by 15 mm (0.60 in.), or approximately the uncon- maximum density, depending on the coarseness and gravel solidated layer thickness to be formed, and spread the soil content of the soil. ! with a slow spiral motion, working from the perimeter of the 6-5-2-3 Compaction by Other Methods-Companion may device toward the center, so that a uniform layer is formed. be accomplished by other approved methods, such as by Remix the soil in the pan for each successive layer to reduce "*?** Packer equipment, where care is taken to obtain a segregation caused by taking soil from the pan. "mfo™ **?*?L™th°Ut *&^on of P3^16 *»:<*« 6 J 2 For soils with a maximum size greater than 9.5 mm i est Metnoa u zu^yj. ,,.,„, ~-~n ' i ., * spread. thA.e soi•l. fro r m a scoop. iUnifori -r m spreadinj- g can 6.5.3 Relative Densit^y Intermediatcontainer e Betwee^ n^ 0 ana he gained by sliding a scoopful of soil in a nearly permeability cylinder, adjust the compaction to obtain horizontal portion down along the made surface of the r rod^cible values y0f relative density. Compact the soil in device to the bottom or to the formed layer, then tilting the ^ permeability cylinder by these procedures in thin layers WC scoop and drawing it toward the center with a single slow to ^ about 2.0 cm (0.80 in.) above the upper ma- an motion; this allows the soil to run smoothly from the scoop nometer outlet of in a windrow without segregation. Turn the permeability cylinder sufficiently for the next scoopful, thus progressing NOTE 3—In order to bracket, systematically and representatively, the ag around the inside perimeter to form a uniform compacted relative density conditions that may govern in natural deposits or in pe ayer of a thickness equal to the maximum particle size. compacted embankments, a series of permeability tests should be made 6., 5, Compac,, t. successiv. e layer. s ofe soil. , t.o th.,e desire, • d , to bracket the rang6 e of field relative densities. relative density by appropriate procedures, as follows, to a 6.6 Preparation of Specimen for Permeability Test: height of about 2 cm (0.8 in.) above the upper manometer 6.6.1 Level the upper surface of the soil by placing the outlet. upper porous plate or screen in position and by rotating it,. 6.5.1 Minimum Density (0% Relative Density)—Con- gently back and forth. tinue placing layers of soil in succession by one of the 6.6.2 Measure and record: the final height of specimen,; sr> procedures described in 6.4.1 or 6.4.2 until the device is filled Hl - H2, by measuring the depth, H2, from the upper sur-' va to the proper level. face of the perforated top plate employed to measure H{ to 2c ' " 2 Maximum Density (100 % Relative Density): the top of the upper porous plate or screen at four symmet-_ .'. 1 Compaction by Vibrating Tamper—Compact each rically spaced points after compressing the spring lightly to WE PERMEABILITY TEST ON GRANULAR SOIL PNo. Date of Test tion of Sample Date Sampled Report Boring- Sample — Depth — fa) DESCRIPTION cIF Snu M»T(=PI»I s tlscrv (b) UNIT WEIGHT DETERMINATION: Diameter, D, cm Height Before, H, Weight Before, IV, Area, A. cm2 Height After, H2 Weight After, W2 Length, L, cm Height Net, cm Weight Net, g Moisture Content (air-d led) , ,.,.. . W (max) Dry Unit Weight, Ib/tt3 VV IV (mm) Void Ratio, e Relative Density, RD (c) PERMEABILITY TEST (DEGREE OF COMPACTNESS) Manometers Tempera- Test No. Head, h cm Ocm3 ts 0/At h/L fccm/s H, H2 ture, °C 1 2 •V 3 vlm —' "" 4 k 5 6 FIG. 3 Permeability Test Data Sheet ' weighing the remainder of soil, W2, left in the pan. Compute (Note 4) should be used for the test, but in any case the fluid and record the unit weights, void ratio, and relative density should be described on the report form (Fife. 3). This satisfies of the test specimen. the condition described in 3.1.2 for saturation of soil voids. 6.6.3 With its gasket in place, press down the top plate . . against the spring and attach it securely to the top of the ^sho^^^ permeameter cylinder, making an air-tight seal. This satisfies ^ a refinement not OItiinarily feasible for large-scale production testing. the condition described in 3.1.1 of holding the initial density without significant volume change during the test. 6.6.5 After the specimen has been saturated and the 6.6.4 Using a vacuum pump or suitable aspirator, evac- permeameter is full of water, close the bottom valve on the uate the specimen under 50 cm (20 in.) Hg minimum for 15 outlet tube (Fig. 2) and disconnect the vacuum. Care should min to remove air adhering to soil particles and from the be taken to ensure that the permeability flow system and the voids. Follow the evacuation by a slow saturation of the manometer system are free of air and are working satisfacto- specimen from the bottom upward (Fig. 2) under full rily. Fill the inlet tube with water from the constant-head .cuum in order to free any remaining air in the specimen. tank by slightly opening the filter tank valve. Then connect intinued saturation of the specimen can be maintained the inlet tube to the top of the permeameter, open the inlet ore adequately by the use of (1) de-aired water, or (2) valve slightly and open the manometer outlet cocks slightly, water maintained in an in-flow temperature sufficiently high to allow water to flow, thus freeing them of air. Connect the to cause a decreasing temperature gradient in the specimen water manometer tubes to the manometer outlets and fill during the test. Native water or water of low mineral content with water to remove the air. Close the inlet valve and open 311 Designation: D 5084 - 90 Standard Test Method for Measurement of Hydraulic Conductivity of Saturated Porous Materials Using a Flexible Wall Permeameter1 This standard is issued under the fixed designation D 5084; the number immediately following the designation indicates the year of original adoption or, in the case of revision, the year of last revision. A number in parentheses indicates the year of last reapproval. A superscript epsilon (<) indicates an editorial change since the last revision or reapproval. . , 1. Scope D4753 Specification for Evaluating, Selecting and Speci- 1.1 This test method covers laboratory measurement of ^"8 Balances and Scales for Use in Soil and Rock the hydraulic conductivity (also referred to as coefficient of Testing permeability) of water-saturated porous materials with a D 4767 Test Method for Consolidated-Undrained Triaxial flexible wall permeameter. Compression, 1.2 This test method may be utilized with undisturbed or E "5 Specification for Gravity-Convection and Forced- , compacted specimens that have a hydraulic conductivity less Ventilation Ovens than or equal to 1 x 10~5 m/s (1 x 10~3 cm/s). 1.3 The hydraulic conductivity of materials with hy- 3> Ternunol°iy draulic conductivities greater than 1 x 10~5 m/s may be 3.1 Definitions: determined by Test Method D 2434. 3.1.1 hydraulic conductivity, k—the rate of discharge of 1.4 The values stated in SI units are to be regarded as the water under laminar flow conditions through a unit cross- standard, unless other units are specifically given. By tradi- sectional area of a porous medium under a unit hydraulic tion in U.S. practice, hydraulic conductivity is reported in gradient and standard temperature conditions (20'C). centimetres per second, although the common SI units for DISCUSSION—The term coefficient of permeability is often used hydraulic conductivity are metres per second. instead of hydraulic conductivity, but hydraulic conductivity is used • 1.5 This standard does not purport to address the safety exclusively in this test method. A more complete discussion of the problems associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the terminology associated with Darc/s law is given in the literature.4 user of Ms standard to establish appropriate safety and 3.1.2 pore volume of flow—the cumulative quantity of fl health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory into a test specimen divided by the volume of voids in limitations prior to use. specimen. 3.1.3 For definitions of other terms used in this test method, see Terminology D 653. ' 2. Referenced Documents 2.1 ASTM Standards: 4. Significance and Use D 653 Terminology Relating to Soil, Rock, and Contained 4.1 This test method applies to one-dimensional, laminar Fluids2 flow of water within porous materials such as soil and rock. D698 Test Methods for Moisture-Density Relations of 4.2 The hydraulic conductivity of porous materials gener- Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures Using 5.5-lb (2.49-kg) ally decreases with an increasing amount of air in the pores Rammer and 12-in. (305-mm) Drop2 of the material. This test method applies to water-saturated D 1557 Test Methods for Moisture-Density Relations of porous materials containing virtually no air. Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures Using 10-lb (4.54-kg) 4.3 This test method applies to permeation of porous Rammer and 18-in. (457-mm) Drop2 materials with water. Permeation with other liquids, such as D1587 Practice'of Thin-Walled Tube Sampling of Soils2 chemical wastes, can be accomplished using procedures D2113 Practice for Diamond Core Drilling for Site similar to those described in this test method. However, this Investigation2 test method is only intended to be used when water is the D2216 Method for Laboratory Determination of Water permeant liquid. (Moisture) Content in Soil, Rock, and Soil-Aggregate 4.4 It is assumed that Darcy's law is valid and that the Mixtures2 hydraulic conductivity is essentially unaffected by hydraulic D2434 Test Method for Permeability of Granular Soils gradient. The validity of Darcy's law may be evaluated by (Constant Head)2 measuring the hydraulic conductivity of the specimen at D4220 Practices for Preserving and Transporting Soil three hydraulic gradients; if all measured values are similar Samples2 (within about 25 %), then Darcy's law may be taken as valid. However, when the hydraulic gradient acting on a test This test method is under the jurisdiction of ASTM Committee D-18 on Soil and Rock and is the direct responsibility of Subcommittee D 18.04 on Hydrologic 3 Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Vol 04.02. Properties of Soil and Rocks. 'Olson, R. E., and Daniel, D. E., "Measurement of the Hydraulic Conductivity Current edition approved June 29, 1990. Published October 1990. of Finegrained Soils," Symposium on Permeability and Grouruiwater Contami- 2 Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Vol 04.08. nani Transport. ASTM STP 746, ASTM, 1981, pp. 18-64. 1199 D5084 specimen is changed, the state of stress will also change, and, 5.1.4 System De-airing—The hydraulic system shai if the specimen is compressible, the volume of the specimen designed to facilitate rapid and complete removal of fre will change. Thus, some change in hydraulic conductivity bubbles from flow lines. may occur when the hydraulic gradient is altered, even in 5.1.5 Back Pressure System—The hydraulic system j cases where Darcy's law is valid. have the capability to apply back pressure to the specime 4.5 This test method provides a means for determining facilitate saturation. The system shall be capable of m hydraulic conductivity at a controlled level of effective stress. taining the applied back pressure throughout the duratio Hydraulic conductivity varies with varying void ratio, which hydraulic conductivity measurements. The back pres? in turn changes when the effective stress changes. If the void system shall be capable of applying, controlling, and n ratio is changed, the hydraulic conductivity of the test suring the back pressure to 5 % or better of the app specimen will likely change. To determine the relationship pressure. The back pressure may be provided by a a between hydraulic conductivity and void ratio, the hydraulic pressed gas supply, a deadweight acting on a piston, or , conductivity test would have to be repeated at different other method capable of applying and controlling the b effective stresses. pressure to the tolerance prescribed in this paragraph. 4.6 The correlation between results obtained with this test .. method and the hydraulic conductivities of in-place field M,N°Ty ^Ap/'ftaon °!**f fTre directly * M ^ ^ *** material. • ,s ha, s, not bee, n fullr iiy investigated^- ^ j. Experiencr- • e hai-s di^m^gas in thne o ffluid g^ . iAn thvariete bacyk opressurf techniquee nuidsj arincludine availablg xp!mtioe to minin onf sometimes shown that flow patterns IB Small test Specimens and liquid phases with a bladder and frequent replacement of the liq do not necessarily follow the same patterns on large field with de-aired water. scales and that hydraulic conductivities measured on small f - _,, ., „ „ , . „ test specimens are not necessarily the same as larger-scale ?'2 Mow Measurement System-Both inflow and outfl. values. Therefore, the results should be applied to field volumest Sh™ * m^UT^. unl«* ^.j** of leaj? situations with caution and by qualified personnel. continuity of flow and cessation of consolidation or sweU, can be verified by other means. Flow volumes shall 5. Apparatus measured by a graduated accumulator, graduated pipet ',, „, ,. 0 ,-, „ . . ,,, ., . A, vertical standpipe in conjunction with an electronic pressi 5.1 Hydraulic 5>^m-Constant head (Method A), tnaaducett or other volume-measuring device of suitat falling head (Methods B and C), or constant rate of flow accuracy (Method D) systems may be utilized provided they meet the 5 2 , 'Flow ^CCJ/r<_-^_Required accuracy for me quanti criteria outlined as follows: of flow measured over an interval of dme • 5 % or ^ei 5.1.1 Constant Head-The system must be capable of 5.2.2 De-airing and Compliance of the Syslem-Tbt fa maintaining constant hydraulic pressures to within ±5 % measurement system shall contain a minimum of dead spa< and shall include means to measure the faydrauhc pressures and ^ (a^blc of comp]ete and id ^.^ Compliant to within the prescribed tolerance. In addition, the head loss of ^ system in response to ch in ure shaj] t across the test specimen must be held constant to within minimized by using a stiff flow measurement system. Rigi ±5 % and shaU be measured with the same accuracy or better. tubi such ^ metal]ic or d^d thermoplastic tubing sha Pressures shall be measured by a pressure gage, electronic ^ used pressure transducer, or any other device of suitable accuracy. 5.2.3'Head Losses-Head losses in the tubes, valve: 5.1.2 Falling #ead-Tbc system shall allow for measure- w end pieces> and filter paper may lead to error T ment of the applied head loss, thus hydraulic gradient, to guard against such errors the permeameter shall be assem within 5 % or better at any time. In addition, the ratio of b]ed ^ no s^men inside and ^ ^ fa drauljc initial head loss divided by final head loss over an interval of Med If a coostant or falling head test is to be used, th, time shall be measured such that this computed ratio is hydraulic pressures or heads that will be used in testing i accurate to within ±5 %. The head loss shall be measured gpedjosn shall be applied, and the rate of flow measurec with a pressure gage, electronic pressure transducer, engi- ^ M accuracy of 5 % QT ^^ -^ rate of flow shall ^ a. neer's scal| graduated pipette, or any other device of suitable least ten ^^ p^ than ^ rate^ flow ^ ^ measurec accuracy. Falhng head tests may be performed with either a when a specimen is placed inside the permeameter and the constant tailwater elevation (Method B) or a rising tailwater saffle hydraulic pressures or heads are applied. If a constant elevation (Method C). rate of flow test is to be used, the rate of flow to be used in 5.1.3 Constant Rate of Flow-The system must be ca- ^^ a specimen snall ^ supplied to ^ permeameter and pable of maintaining a constant rate of flow through the ^ head. loss measured. The head loss ^ibaut a specimen specimen to within 5 % or better. Flow measurement shall ^au ^ less tbm Q , ^m&. the bead Joss wfaen a 5^^ is be by calibrated syringe, graduated pipette, or other device of present suitable accuracy. The head loss across the specimen shall be 5 3 'Permeameter Cell Pressure System—The system for measured to an accuracy of 5 % or better using an electronic pressurizing the permeameter cell shall be capable of ap- pressure transducer or other device of suitable accuracy. plying and controlling the cell pressure to within 5 % of the More information on testing with a constant rate of flow is applied pressure. However, the effective stress on the test given in the literature. specimen (which is the difference between the cell pressure ______and the pore water pressure) shall be maintained to the 5s ™Olson ,u H .u W., ,u Morin • ,» RU.- H. , jvand, Nicholsu , o, R«., W. .., o"Flo wn .Pum p* Application r • s• in desiref d value. wit. h. .a n accurac,, y of 1•0 +% eo r better. Th• e devic_ie j Triaxial Testing," Symposium on Advanced Triaxial Testing of Soil and Rock, for prCSSUITZing the CCll may COHSlSt Of 3 reserVOlT CODneCted ASTM STP977, ASTM, 1988, pp. 68-81. to the permeameter cell and partially filled with de-aired 1200 AR300539 .== D5084 water, with the upper part of the reservoir connected to a Pres«ure Supply compressed gas supply or other source of pressure (see Note 2). The gas pressure shall be controlled by a pressure regulator and measured by a pressure gage, electronic pres- sure transducer, or any other device capable of measuring to the prescribed tolerance. A hydraulic system pressurized by deadweight acting on a piston or any other pressure device Cell Tailwater Head capable of applying and controlling the permeameter cell Reiervolr Reiervolr Re»e pressure to the tolerance prescribed in this paragraph may be used. NOTE 2—De-aired water is commonly used for the cell fluid to minimize potential for diffusion of air through the membrane into the I specimen. Other fluids, such as oils, which have low gas solubilities are '——————. Effluent Lln« also acceptable, provided they do not react with components of the Cel1 ?'•*»"'• Lln*J Influ«r permeameter. Also, use of a long (approximately 5 to 7 m) tube Line connecting the pressurized cell liquid to the cell helps to delay the appearance of air in the cell fluid and to reduce the flux of dissolved air into the cell. 5.4 Permeameter Cell—An apparatus shall be provided in cVM * " b '"^ which the specimen and porous end pieces, enclosed by a Soi, membrane sealed to the cap and base, are subjected to controlled fluid pressures. A schematic diagram of a typical cell is shown in Fig. 1. 5.4.1 The permeameter cell may allow for observation of • changes in height of the specimen, either by observation vent —®— through the cell wall using a cathetometer or other instru- Lin«i—®— ment, or by monitoring of either a loading piston or an p,G 1 Perm«am«ter C«ll extensometer extending through the top plate of the cell bearing on the top cap and attached to a dial indicator or v.tMMMM, on or,^ Q< w ~r tt,*t nr tt,. f~~m~n other measuring device. The piston or extensometer should ?twee" 9,? ™d 9* °f at °f the sPmen- pass through a bushing and seal incorporated into the top brf?! s£aU . plate and shall be loaded with sufficient force to compensate "**?. °rnn& foT^\^ u.nstrefd' for the cell pressure acting over the cross-sectional areaof the w?h 1S less than 90 % °.f the diaTterhor piston where it passes through the seal. If deformations are a°d «P- ™ ^ an* other method,that w11 Produa measured, the deformation indicator shall be a dial indicator a equa e or cathetometer graduated to 0.3 mm (0.01 in.) or better and NOTE 3—Membranes may be tested for flaws by placing having an adequate travel range. Any other measuring device around a form sealed at both ends with rubber O-rings, subjecting meeting these requirements is acceptable. to a sma11 ™ Pressure on the inside, and then dipping them into v. 5.4.2 In order to facilitate gas removal, and thus satura- If * bnubbles «"£ up, fro,m ^ P°int °.n ,?? raemb?"e' or " tion of- th, e hydrauli. , ,.c system, fou7. r drainag, . e line.. s leadini j- g to visible flaws are observed, the membrane shall be discarded. the specimen, two each to the base and top cap, are 5.7 Porous End Pieces—The porous end pieces shall b recommended. The drainage lines shall be controlled by silicon carbide, aluminum oxide, or other material that is no-volume-change valves, such as ball valves, and shall be attacked by the specimen or permeant liquid. The end pi designed to minimize dead space in the lines. shall have plane and smooth surfaces and be free of era 5.5 Top Cap and Base—An impermeable, rigid top cap chips, and nonuniformities. They shall be checked regul and base shall be used to support the specimen and provide to ensure that they are not clogged. for transmission of permeant liquid to and from the spec- 5.7.1 The porous end pieces shall be the same diamete imen. The diameter or width of the top cap and base shall be width (±5 %) as the specimen, and the thickness shall equal to the diameter or width of the specimen ±5 %. The sufficient to prevent breaking. base shall prevent leakage, lateral motion, or tilting, and the 5.7.2 The hydraulic conductivity of the porous end pu top cap shall be designed to receive the piston or extensom- shall be significantly greater than that of the specimen tc eter, if used, such that the piston-to-top cap contact area is tested. The requirements outlined in 5.2.3 ensure this. concentric with the cap. The surface of the base and top cap 5.8 Filter Paper—If necessary to prevent intrusion that contacts the membrane to form a seal shall be smooth material into the pores of the porous end pieces, one or m and free of scratches. sheets of filter paper shall be placed between the top i 5.6 Flexible Membranes—The flexible membrane used to bottom porous end pieces and the specimen. The paper si encase the specimen shall provide reliable protection against have a negligibly small hydraulic impedance. The leakage. The membrane shall be carefully inspected prior to ments outlined in 5.2.3 ensure that the impedance ; use and if any flaws or pinholes are evident, the membrane 5.9 Equipment for Compacting a Specimen—Eql shall be discarded. To minimize restrain to the specimen, the (including compactor and mold) suitable for the met diameter or width of the unstretched membrane shall be compaction specified by the requester shall be used. i 1201 flR3005l»0 D5084 5.10 Sample Extruder— When the material being tested is NOTE 4 — Chemical interactions between a permeant liquid and th< 3 SOll Core, the soil COre Shall usually DC removed from the porous material may lead to variations in hydraulic conductivity. Dis- sampler with an extruder. The Sample extruder shall be tilled water can significantJy lower the hydraulic conductivity of claye> capable of extruding the soil core from the sampling tube in ^^^^^^^^^^^ the same direction of travel m which the sample entered the 0.005 N CaSO,, which can be obtained for example, by dissolving 6.8 g tube and with minimum disturbance of the sample. If the of nonhydrated, reagent-grade CaSO< in 10 L of de-aired, distilled water. soil core is not extruded vertically, care should be taken to This CaSO< solution is thought to neither increase nor decrease avoid bending Stresses on the Core due to gravity. Conditions significantly the hydraulic conductivity of clayey soils. In areas with at the time of sample extrusion may dictate the direction of extremely brackish tap water, the CaS04 solution is recommended. _ removal, but the principal concern is to keep the degree of 6.1.3 Deaired Water— Jo aid in removing as much air disturbance minimal. from the test specimen as possible, deaired water shall be 5.1 1 Trimming Equipment— Specific equipment for trim- used. The water is usually deaired by boiling, by spraying a ming the specimen to the desired dimensions will vary fine mist of water into an evacuated vessel attached to a depending on quality and characteristics of the sample; vacuum source, or by forceful agitation of water in a however, the following items listed may be used: lathe, wire container attached to a vacuum source. If boiling is used, saw with a wire about 0.3 mm (0.01 in.) in diameter, care shall be taken not to evaporate an excessive amount of spatulas, knives, steel rasp for very hard clay specimens, water, which can lead to a larger salt concentration in the cradle or split mold for trimming specimen ends, and steel permeant water than desired. To prevent dissolution of air straight edge for final trimming of specimen ends. back into the water, deaired water shall not be exposed to air 5.12 Devices for Measuring the Dimensions of the Sped- for prolonged periods. men — Devices used to measure the dimensions of the specimen shall be capable of measuring to the nearest 0.3 7. Test Specimens mm (0.01 in.) or better and shall be constructed such that 7.1 S/^—Specimens shall have a minimum diameter of their use will not disturb the specimen. 25 mm (1.0 in.) and a minimum height of 25 mm. The 5.13 Balances— The balance shall be suitable for deter- height and diameter of the specimen shall be measured to the mining the mass of the specimen and shall be selected as nearest 0.3 mm (0.01 in.) or better. The length and diameter discussed in Specification D 4753. The mass of specimens shall vary by no more than ±5 %. The surface of the test less than 100 g shall be determined to the nearest 0.01 g. The specimen may be uneven, but indentations must not be so mass of specimens 100 g or larger shall be determined to the deep that the length or diameter vary by more than ±5 %. nearest 0.1 g. The mass of specimens >1000 g shall be The diameter and height of the specimen shall each be at determined to the nearest 1 .0 g. least 6 times greater than the largest particle size within the 5. 14 Equipment for Mounting the Specimen— Equipment specimen. If, after completion of a test, it is found based on for mounting the specimen in the permeameter cell shall visual observation that oversized particles are present, that include a membrane stretcher or cylinder, and ring for information shall be indicated on the report. expanding and placing O-rings on the base and top cap to XT ,,,,.,. _, • . • _r seal th mbra , NOTE 5 — Most hydraulic conductivity tests are perforrned on cybn- , . , . . ' _ ...... - drical test specimens. It is possible to utilize special equipment for 5.15 Vacuum Pump— To assist with de-ainng of testing pnsmauc test specimens, in which case reference to "diameter- permeameter system and saturation of specimens. in 7.1 applies to the least width of the prismatic test specimen. ant liquid shall not vary more than ±3 C (±57 F). Nor- sampksecured in accordance with Practice D 1 587 maOy, this u accomplished by performing the test in a room D 21 13, and preserved and transported in accord- with a relatively constant temperature. If such a room is not ance requirementsfor Group C materials in Practice shall be penodically measured and recorded ^ ^ ^ded soil characteristics St such that no 5.17 Water Content C^m-The containers shall be ^^^ disturbance results from sampling. Where the 10 5.1f?f^DC8 Dryineg "1t O^h MeSf^ d oveD 2n2 shal 16'.,l .b e. i n accordancA e wit.thh samplin^^ g operatio^^ n ha^s cause ^d ^disturbanc^ e of the^ soil^, th eQf ipecincation t :>. pebbles or crumbling resulting from trimming causes voids on the surface of the specimen that cause the length or 6. Reagents diameter to vary by more than ±5 %, the voids shall be rilled 6.1 Permeant Water: with remolded material obtained from the trimmings. The 6.1.1 The permeant water is the liquid used to permeate ends of the test specimen shall be cut and not troweled the test specimen and is also the liquid used in backpressur- (troweling can seal off cracks; slickensides, or other sec- ing the specimen. ondary features that might conduct water flow). Specimens 6.1.2 The type of permeant water should be specified by shall be trimmed, whenever possible, in an environment the requestor. If no specification is made, tap water shall be where changes in moisture content are minimized. A con- used for the permeant liquid. The type of water utilized shall trolled high-humidity room is usually used for this purpose. be indicated in the report. The mass and dimensions of the test specimen shall be 1202 &R3QQSU.L IP D5084 determined to the tolerances given in 5.12 and 5.13. The test 100 specimen shall be mounted immediately in the permeam- eter. The water content of the trimmings shall be determined in accordance with Method D 2216. g. 90 7.3 Laboratory-Compacted Specimens—The material to c be tested shall be prepared and compacted inside a mold in a ••§ manner specified by the requestor. If the specimen is placed _> 60 and compacted in layers, the surface of each previously- <$ compacted layer shall be lightly scarified (roughened) with a "5 fork, ice pick, or other suitable object, unless the requester | 70 specifically states that scarification is not to be performed. g1 Test Methods D 698 and D 1557 describe two methods of 2 compaction, but any other method specified by the requestor Jl may be used as long as the method is described in the report. — Large clods of material should nqt be broken down prior to compaction unless it is known that they will be broken in field construction, as well, or the requestor specifically *° requests that the clod size be reduced. Neither hard clods nor ° 50 10° 15° ^ 25° 30° individual particles of the material shall exceed >/6 of either Required Backpressure (psi) the height or diameter of the specimen. After compaction, the test specimen shall be removed from the mold, the ends FIG. 2 Back Pre««ure to Attain Various Degree* of Saturation* scarified, and the dimensions and weight determined within the tolerances given in 5.12 and 5.13. After the dimensions confining pressure of 7 to 35 kPa (1 to 5 psi) to the cell and and mass are determined, the test specimen shall be imme- apply a pressure less than the confining pressure to both the diately mounted in- the permeameter. The water content of influent and effluent systems, and flush permeant water the trimmings shall be determined in accordance with through the flow system. After all visible air has been Method D 2216. removed from the flow lines, close the control valves. At no 7.4 Other Preparation Methods—Other methods of prep- time during saturation of the system and specimen or aration of a test specimen are permitted if specifically hydraulic conductivity measurements shall the maximum requested. The method of specimen preparation shall be applied effective stress be allowed to exceed that to which the identified in the report. specimen is to be consolidated. 7.5 After the height, diameter, mass, and water content of 8.2 Specimen Soaking (Optional)—To aid in satu the test specimen have been determined, the dry unit weight specimens may be soaked under partial vacuum app shall be calculated. Also, the initial degree of saturation shall the top of the specimen. Atmospheric pressure shalTbe be estimated (this information may be used later in the applied to the specimen base through the influent lines, and backpressure stage). the magnitude of the vacuum set to generate a hydraulic gradient across the sample less than that which will be used 8. Procedure during hydraulic conductivity measurements. 8.1 Specimen Setup: NOTE 6—Soaking under vacuum is applicable when there arc 8.1.1 Cut two filter paper sheets to approximately the continuous air voids in the specimen. Soaking under vacuum is onh same shape as the cross section of the test specimen. Soak the ^°mm.fnded for test specimens with initial degrees of saturation belo* two porous end, piece• s andj filteru r paper sheetsu 4, iTf usedj , •i n a 70^ % . Thwien specime^o n counteyracmay swetl ^whe swelling'l!c,wevern exposed to wateri fo, rth materiale effectivs ethai container of permeant water. - tend to swel!] unless the app^ effective stress is greater than or equal tc 8.1.2 Place the membrane on the membrane expander. the swell pressure, the specimen will swell. sheet, if used, on top of the specimen followed by the second NOTE 7—Figure 2 assumes that the water used for back pressure i: porous end piece and the top cap. Place the membrane deaired and that the only source for air to dissolve into the water is ar around the specimen, and using the membrane expander or from ** test *«»«• ^ *r v™*™ ^. used/° ^"^L^^ othe, r suitabl• , ,e O-nnn • g expanderj , plact e one or moren O-nng• s to pressure^^ , pressurizeof ^ ^ld aai ruse wildl fo dissolvr ^ e intpressuro the waterto ^^, thu s ^reducin locateg dth i'n ^ seal the membrane to the base and one or more additional ^^ of _,e test specimen. The problem is minimized by using a lon» O-rings to seal the membrane to the top cap. (>5 m) tube that is impermeable to air between the air-water interfao 8.1.3 Attach flow tubing to the top cap, if not already and test specimen, by separating the back-pressure water from the air b attached, assemble the permeameter cell, and fill it with a material or fluid that is relatively impermeable to air, by periodicall de-aired water or other cell fluid. Attach the cell pressure rePIacinsthe ^-pressure w<«er with deaired water, or by other mean: reservoir to the permeameter cell line and the hydraulic system to the influent and effluent lines. Fill the cell pressure . and Johnson T reservoir with deaired water, or other suitable liquid, and the saturation of Triaxial Test Specimens," Proceedings. hydraulic system with deaired permeant water. Apply a small on shear strength of Cohesive sals. Boulder, co, i960. 1203 AR3005i*2 D5084 > 8.3.1 Open the flow line valves and flush out of the system 8.4.1 Record the specimen height, if being monitored, any free air bubbles using the procedure outlined in 8.1.3. If prior to application of consolidation pressure and periodi- an electronic pressure transducer or other measuring device cally during consolidation. is to be used during the test to measure pore pressures or 8.4.2 Increase the cell pressure to the level necessary to applied hydraulic gradient, it should be bled of any trapped develop the desired effective stress, and begin consolidation. air. Take and record an initial reading of specimen height, if Drainage may be allowed from the base or top of the being monitored. . specimen, or simultaneously from both ends. 8.3.2 Adjust the applied confining pressure to the value to 8.4.3 (Optional) Record outflow volumes to confirm that be used during saturation of the sample. Apply backpressure primary consolidation has been completed prior to initiation by simultaneously increasing the cell pressure and the of the hydraulic conductivity test. Alternatively, measure- influent and effluent pressures in increments. The maximum meats of the change in height of the test specimen can be value of an increment in backpressure shall be sufficiently used to confirm completion of consolidation. , 10W SO that no point in the specimen is exposed to ah NoTE 10_The procedure in 8.4.3 is optional because the require- ) effective stress m excess of that to which the specimen will be mcnts of 8.5 ensure that the test specimen is adequately consolidated subsequently consolidated. At no time shall a head be during permeation because if it is not, inflow and outflow volumes will applied so that the effective confining stress is <7 kPa (1 psi) differ significantly. However, for accurate S-value determination, com- because of the danger of separation of the membrane from P!etion of consolidation should be confirmed (see 8.3.3.1). It is the test specimen,Maintain each increment of pressure for a ' ^^'^^^^S^S^^^^l' period of a few minutes to a few hours, depending upon the tion of ^^0^ AIso, measurements in the change in height of the characteristics of the specimen. To assist in removal of test specimen, coupled with knowledge of the initial height, provide a trapped air, a small hydraulic gradient may be applied across means for checking the final height of the specimen. the specimen to induce flow. g 5 Permeation' 8.3.3 (Saturation shall be verified with one of the three 8;5-1 Hydraulic Gradient—When possible, the hydraulic following techniques: gradient used for hydraulic conductivity measurements 8.3.3.1 Saturation may be verified by measuring the B should ^ similar to ^ expected to occur in the field. In coefficient as described in Test Method D 4767 (see Note 8). general, hydraulic gradients from <1 to 5 cover most field The test specimen shall be considered to be adequately conditions. However, the use of small hydraulic gradients «- -turated if (7) the B value is >0.95, or (2) for relatively ^ lead to very long testjng ^mes for materials having low compressible matenals, for example, rock, if the B value hydraulic conductivity (less than about 1 x 10~* cm/s). mains unchanged with application of larger values of back Somewhat larger hydraulic gradients are usually used in the pressure. The B value may be measured prior to or after laboratory to accelerate testing, but excessive gradients must completion of the consolidation phase (see 8.4). Accurate ^ avojded because high seepage pressures may consolidate 5-value determination can only be made if no gradient is At material, material may be washed from the specimen, or acting on the specimen and all pore pressure induced by fine particles may be washed downstream and plug the consolidation has dissipated. effluent end of the test specimen. These effects could increase NOTE 8—The B coefficient is defined for this type of test as the or decrease hydraulic conductivity. If no gradient is specified change in pore water pressure in the porous material divided by the by the requestor, the following guidelines may be followed: change in confining pressure. Compressible materials that are fully Hydraulic Conductivity, Recommended Maximum saturated with water will have a B value of 1.0. Relatively incompress- ,-nj/s Hydraulic Gradient ible, saturated materials have B values which are somewhat less than 1.0. 3 _, 8.3.3.2 Saturation of the test specimen may. be confirmed ' * J^lo ' x 'Q-« m at the completion of the test by calculation of the final degree i x io-< to i x icr7 « 20 ' of saturation. The final degree of saturation shall be 100 ± less than i x irr7 30 1 5%. However, measurement of the B coefficient as described NOTE \ i—Seepage pressures associated with large hydraulic gradi- |. in 8.3.3.1 or use of some Other technique (8.3.3.3) is Strongly ents can consolidate soft, compressible specimens and reduce their | recommended because it is much better to confirm satura- hydraulic conductivity. It may be necessary to use smaller hydraulic ; tion prior to permeation than to wait until after the test to gradients (<10) for such specimens. ! determine if the test was valid. 8.5.2 Initialization—Initiate permeation of the specimen i 8.3.3.3 Other means for verifying saturation, such as by increasing the influent pressure (see 8.3.2). The effluent measurement of the volume change of the specimen when pressure shall not be decreased because air bubbles that were the pore water pressure has been changed, can be used for dissolved by the specimen water during backpressuring may verifying saturation provided data are available for similar come out of solution if the pressure is decreased. The back materials to establish that the procedure used confirms pressure shall be maintained throughout the permeation saturation as required in 8.3.3.1 or 8.3.3.2. phase. 8.4 Consolidation—The specimen shall be consolidated to . 8.5.3 Constant Head Test (Method A)—Measure and effective stress specified by the requestor. Consolidation record the required head loss across the test specimen to the f be accomplished in stages, if desired. tolerances stated in 5.1.1 and 5.2.3. The head loss across the xv, 0 _...... specimen shall be kept constant ±5 %. Measure and record NOTE 9—The test specimen may be consolidated pnor to application • .. n •. "X f • a ti *u .•*, r of backpressure. Also, the backpressure and consolidation phases may periodically the quantity of inflow as well as the quantity of be completed concurrently if backpressures are applied sufficiently outflow. Also measure and record any changes in height of slowly to minimize potential for overconsolidation of the specimen. the test specimen, if being mom'tOie NOTE 14—For the case in which aou, = Ojn = a, the equation for TABLE 1 Correction Factor Rr for Viscosity of Water at Various culating k for a falling head test with a rising tailwater level is: . Temperatures* , __ a L . /h\\ ... Temperature, °C RT Temperature, °C flr ~ -2 A 1 " \hj 0 1.783 25 0.889 9.3 Correct the hydraulic conductivity to that for 20°C 2 1^664 27 osso (68T), k2o, by multiplying k by the ratio of the viscosity of 3 1.611 28 0.832 water at test temperature to the viscosity of water at 20°C 4 1-560 & °-8i4 (68'F),/?r, from Table 1, as follows: • S ' \A"S % S$o k,D = RTk (5) 7 1-421 32 o.7^4 8 1.379 33 0.749 10. Report « :•»? *! °'733 10.1 Repon the foUowing information: 11 1.265 36 0.705 10.1.1 Sample identifying information, « ^ ^ °*« 10.1.2 Any special selection and preparation process, such u V16s 39 oiees as removal of stones or other materials, or indication of their 15 1.1 35 40 o.esa presence, if undisturbed specimen, 16 1-106 41 O-641 10. 1. 3 Descriptive information on method of compac- 18 105' 1 ^ tion, 19 1.025 44 0.607 10. 1. 4 Initial dimensions of the specimen, 20 1.000 45 0.598 10.1.5 Initial water content and dry unit weight of the j£ °-^ ^ specimen, 23 0.931 48 10.1.6 Type of permeant liquid used, ___ 24 ___ 0.910 ______4 9______o.sse 10.1.7 Magnitude of total back pressure, " * nr _ (-0.02452 r + 1 .495) where r is the degrees oaisius. ~ 10. 1.8 Maximum and minimum effective consolidation stress> time or pore volumes of flow is recommended. NOTE 15 — The maximum effective stress exists at the effluent end of the test specimen and the minimum stress at the influent end. «. Precis'on and B'as 10.1.9 Height of specimen after completion of consolida- j ,_, p,^^^^ m ^^ evaluated to determine m i ™°"uorea' , , , .. ,. . , the precision of this test method. In addition, Subcommittee 0. .0 Range of hydraulic gradient used, Dlg 04 Hydrologic Properties of Soil and Rocks, is 10 1.1 1 Final length, diameter water content, dry umt ^ ^ ^ from ^ f ^ ^ method weigh , and degree of saturation of the test specimen, ,, * Bias_-^en is no accepted t^KDCK va]ue for ^ 10.1.12 Average hydraulic conductivity for the last four method ^^ bias ^.^ ^ determined. determinations of hydraulic conductivity (obtained as de- scribed in 8.5.3 to 8.5.5), reported with two significant figures, for example, 7.1 x 10~'9 m/s, and reported in units ^- Keywords , of m/s (plus additional units, if requested or customary), 12.1 coefficient of permeability; hydraulic barriers; hy- 10.1.13 Graph or table of hydraulic conductivity versus draulic conductivity; liner; permeameter The American Society lor Testing and Matvitls takes no position respecting the validity of any patent rights asserted in connection with any item mentioned in this standard. Users of this standard are expressly advised that determination of the validity of any such patent rights, and the risk of infringement of 'such rights, are entirely their own responsibility. This standard is subject to revision at any time by the responsible technical committee and must be wvfewod every five /Mrs and If not revised, either reapproved or withdrawn. Your comments an invited either for revision of mis standard or for additional standards and should be addressed to ASTM Headquarters. Your comments will receive careful consideration at a moating of the responsible technical committee, which you may attend. If you tool that your comments have not received a fair hearing you should make your views known to the ASTM Committee on Standards, 1916 Race St., Philadelphia, PA 19103. 1206 AR3005U5 Designation: D 422 - 63 (Reapproved 1972)' Standard Method for Particle-Size Analysis of Soils1 This sundird is usued under the Cued devyiiuon D<22. UK number imraediiieK follo-mt the definition indicate* the >e»r of onc;r»i jCoj'-on or. in ihe an of rtv.iion, the >_u6f__t ntviiion A number in p»rtr.',heys indicates Ihe >car of last rtipproMl A supervr.si cpsiion 10 inOicam »n ediional change nrtct live las revision of reappro^ai " *v'OTt—Scr.ion i »u added ediiontK and sub-suent secuons —numbered vn Julv 1984______ 1. Scop* 3.2.1 Apparatus A shall consist of a mechanically oper- 1.1 This method covers the quantitative determination of ated ™m"l device in which a suuabl> mounted e'e«nc the distribution of panicle sizes in soils. The distribution of motor turns * venical shaft *l ? ^^ °[n°l less lhan 10 °°° panicle sues larger than 75 urn (retained on the No. 200 *Vm wilhout load The shaft sha" ** ^"'PP^ *i* i seve) is determined bv sieving, while the distribution of replaceable stirring paddle made of metal, plastic, or hard panicle' sizes smaller "than 75 urn is determined by a rubber, as shown m Ftg. I. The shaft shall be of such length sedimentation process, using a hydrometer to secure the ^al *« «lrn'ng paddle will operate not less than >'. m. (19 0 necessar, dau (Notes I and 2). ' mm' nor more lhan v/: in- (38'' mm> above lhe bouom of the dispersion cup. A special dispersion cup conforming to NOTE 1— Separation ma> be made on ihe No « (4 75-mm), No. «0 either of the designs shown in Fig. Z shall be provided to hold (O-tim). or No 200 ("5-um) sieve msitad of ihe No. !0. For -haiever the sample while it is beine dispersed. aev« used, ihe size shall be mdicned m ihe report. 3 2.2 Apparatus B shall consist of an air-jet dispersion t_th-sp«NOT_L:~1\d mechirtica0 t>Tl ?stirrer °f .d'sp!"'.o »nd (.)n _ide;icr dispersiow " n f°vi 91 D 422 {_ / A A A- \ -1/4"- *-No. 18 8W Co-0.049' M Chrome Plol«d O t-itne n. 0001 0049 0203 "» *. mm 003____1_24____5 16____127_____190 PIC. 1 D«t»il of Stirring Paddles J.m (15-mml No lOCOO-mm) C-in iJO-mml So 20 itSO-^ml I -.in i3"5-mm) | No 40l4;f^jmi l-m u50-mmi So 60OSO-Mmi '.-in (lOO-mml No I40(l06-«ml W-m t$>-mmi No 200 PS^m) So 4 'J ".""—.ml SOTE 6—A set of sieves giving uniform spacing of points for the graph, as required in Section 17. ma> be used if desired This se; consists o:";hc folio-mf sieves. \.,n (""f.mml S'o 16 (I 18-mmi _ i --in i.'".;.mmi So 30 leOO-urni '..in iiwO-mmi So S0(300-ynv '..in i<) Smml So lOOtlfO-wmi So 4iJ"!.mm So rOOl'S-wn*.> So 5 ' 2 3<>.mm i 3" H 'tiier Bjsh or Consiani-Te'npcrsmre Ronm — A uaier bath or constant-temperature room for maintaining the soil suspension at a constant temperature during the hydrometer analysis. A satisfactory water tank is an msulaied tank thai mainiams the temperature of the suspension at a convenient constant temperature at or near 6S"F (20'C). S.ch a device is illustrated in Fig. 4. In cases where the work is performed in a room at an automatically controlled constant temperature, the water bath is not necessary. —————————————M* 4. Dispersing Agent be: brought to the temperature that is expeaed to prevail 41 A solution of sodium hexameuphosphate (sometimes dunng the hydrometer test. For example, if the sedimenta- called sodium metaphosphate) shall be used in distilled or tion cylinder is to be placed in the water bath, the distilled or demmeralized water, at the rate of 40 g of sodium demineralized water to be used shall be brought to the hexametaphosphate/litre of solution (Note 7). temperature of the controlled water bath; or, if the sedimen- NOT. 7-Soluuons of this alt If «cidie. -iowi> irven or hvdrol>_e ^'O11 cylinder is used in a room with controlled tempera- back to the onhophosphaie forrh with a resuiunt decrease in dispersive ture. the w-ater for the lest shall be at the temperature of the action Solutions should be prepared frequentlv (at least onct a month) room. The basic temperature for the hydrometer test is 68'F or adjuned to pH of 8 or 9 b> means of sodium ortonaie Bottles (20'C). Small variations of temperature do not introduce cohummg ioluuons should havt the late of preptnuon marked on dlfrerences that _re flf praaicaj signincance and do not prevent the use of corrections derived is prescribed. 4.2 All water used shall be either dJsiilled or deminerahzed w-ater. The water for a hydrometer test shall 9: <5!b D 422 FIG. 3 Au-J«t Oi»p*r»ton Cup* of Appantut 8 5. Test Sample 5.1 Prepare :he test sample for mechanical analysis as outlined in Practice D-21 During the preparation proce- ^^,. dure ihe sample is divided into two ponions. One ponion Z j i conuins onh particles retimed on ihe So. 10 (2.00-mm) sieve while ihe othe' ponion contains only panicles passing _.._. the No. 10 sieve The mass of air-dned soil selected for '-.?'•—• purpose of tests, as prescribed m Practice DO. shall be ;;.; ,.,,-u ..._-F sufficient to y.eld quantities for mechanical analysis as --•j **ao 'CMmaie Minimum iw of Ponion. | 500 , ,-.• ^000 * •.. ! 3 6'. u 37 ' ••"•«"' 3000 mm 21; .S 4 762 1S8 2 355 »4Q |,j : tv/.',.' «i, . iOO500O0 FIG. « In.ulatta Water Barn I"}•, 512 The s.ze of the portion passins. the No. 10 sieve shall , . . beapproumr.eiv 1 ,f e for sandv so.ls'and approxtmateK 65 --|n' ^0-mm). l':..n. (...5-mmi. l-m. U.vO-mm), '.-in. g for silt and da'v soils" ' " (19,0-mm). Vtn (9.5-mmi. No. 4 (4 5-mm). and No 10 5.2 Prov.sion'.s made m Section 5 of Practice D 421 for Sies«- or as rtan> as ma> ^ n«ded depending on the weighing of the a-.r-dry' soil selected for purpose of tests, the -ample, or upon the speculations for the material under separation of the soil on the No. 10 sieve by dry-sieving and lesl- cashing, and the weighing of the washed"and d'ned fraction 6-- Conduct the sieving operation by means of a lateral retained on the No.'lO sieve.' From these two masses lhe and vertical.motion of the sieve, accompanied by a jamng percentages retained and passing the No. 10 sieve can be action in order to keep the sample moving continuously over calculated in accordance w-nh 121. tn« surface of the sieve. In no case turn or manipulate NOTE 8-A check on ,he mass v.lue, and the ihoro-thnea of <™%™™ ™ *e sample through the s.eve by hand. Continue pulverization of the clods m»> be secured by *«|hmt the pon.on sieving until not more than I mass S of the residue on a p*»nf the So 10 sieve and »_dini this value to the maw of the washed sieve passes that sieve during 1 mm of sieving. When and oven-dned portion retained on the So. 10 sieve. mechanical sieving is used, test the thoroughness of sieving SIEVE ASXUSIS OF PORTION RETAINED OS NO. 10 b* ""^lhe hand meinod of»e%ing as desehbed above. ; C.OO-mm) SIEVE 6-3 Determine the mass of each fraction on a balance conforming to the requirements of 3.1. At the end of 6. Procedure weighing, the sum of the masses retained on all the sieves 6.1 Separate the ponion retained on the No. 10 (2.00- used should equal closely the onginal mass of the quantity mm! sieve into a senes of fractions using the 3-in. (75-mm), sieved. 93 <5!b D 422 HYDROMETER AND SIEVE ANAPi SIS OF PORTION 9.2 place the sample in the 250-mL beaker and cover wi PASSING THE NO. 10 C.OO-mm) SIEVE ,15 mL of sodium hexamcLaphosphate solution (40 g/l Stir until the soil is thoroughly wetted. Allow to soak for 7. Determination of Composite Correction for Hvdrometer least 16 h. Reading . 9.3 At the end of the soakjng period, disperse the samp"' 7.1 Equations for percentages of soil remaining in suspen- further, using either stimng apparatus A or B. If stimi sion. as given in 14.3. are based on the use of distilled or apparatus A is used, transfer the soil - water slurry from tl demineralized water. A dispersing ageni is used in the water, beaker into the special dispersion cup shown in Fig. however, and the specific gravity of the resulting liquid is washing any residue from the beaker into the cup wi appreciably greater than that of distilled or demineralized dlstilled or demineralized water (Note 9) Add distilled • w/ater demineralized water, if necessary, so that the cup ts mo 7.1.1 Both soil hydrometers are calibrated at 68'F (20'C), lhan half fulL Stir fof a **nod of ' min- ' and variations in temperature from this standard tempera- NOTE 9—A Urie SIK lynnte is a convenient device for handlmti ture produce inaccuracies in the actual hydrometer readings. w«er in the -ashmi operation Other devices include the -_sh--a- The amount Of the inaccuracy increases as the variation bonle and a-host with nettle connected to a preiiurue, duiilled »» from the standard temperature increases. unk 7.1.2 Hydrometers are graduated by the manufacturer to 9.4 If stirring apparatus B (Fig 3) is used, remove tl be read at the bottom of the meniscus formed by the liquid cover cap and connect the cup to a compressed air supply 1 on the stem. Since it is not possible to secure readings ofsoil means of a rubber hose. A air gage must be on the lit , suspensions at the bottom of the meniscus, readings must be between the cup and the control valve. Open the contr taken at the top and a correction applied. valve so that the gage indicates 1 psi (7 kPa) pressure (Nc Srf 7.1.3 The net amount of the corrections for the three 10). Transfer the soil-water slum from the beaker to tl items enumerated is designated as the composite correction. air-jet dispersion cup by washing with distilled and may be determined experimentally, demineralized water. Add distilled or demineraliied water. 7'.2 For convenience, a graph or table of composite necessary, so that the total volume in the cup is 250 mL, b corrections for a senes of 1* temperature differences for the no more. range of expected test temperatures mav be prepared and • .. _. ', , used. as neededj _., Measuremen,, t of/-, the composit_ ' e corrections W|,NOT. _JleE r0—Th mi_lu,e _imti froam aiemcPnnr pressurg ,hec o „,.£_„_„*f psi is rcauirt„ ,hed tno Bftvtfi^,' t t mav be made at two temperatures spanning the range of 1S transferred to ihe dispersion cup expected test temperatures, and corrections for the interme- diate temperatures calculated assuming a straight-line rela- 9- Place lhe co'er cap on the CUP and °P*n the : uonsh.p between the two observed values. comro1 'aKc unu! lhe && Pr«sure 1S 20 Psi 9-S fi D 422 ^n\ soil remaining in the bottom of ihe-olinder during the ftra few TABLE 1 V*lu«t of Correction Factor, a. lot DiW«fent Specific turns snould be loosened bv vigorous shaking of the cylinder *»hile it IS Gravities of Soil Piracies* in th« '^ &R30055G <81P 0422 where: TABLES V»lue» of E«*ctiv« Depth Ba»e<3 on Hydrom«ttf arc D - diameter of particle, mm, ______Sedimentation Cylinder o( Specified SUM' n « coefficient of viscosity of the suspending medium (in this case water) in poises (varies with changes in temperature of the suspending medium), _. = distance from the surface of the suspension to the level at w-hich the density of the suspension is being measured, cm. (Fora given hydrometer and sedimen- tation cy/inder, values vary according to the hydrom- eter readings. Thfs distance is known as effective depth (Table 2)), T - interval of time from beginning of sedimentation to iocs 147 6 is3 3$ 10 « the taking of the reading, min, voor 144 7 is.2 37 102 G » specific gravity of soil panicles, and }°* J4* J J*J * 101 C, - specific gravity (relative density) of suspending me- ,'010 13V 10 147 _3 *7 dium (value may be used as 1.000 for all practical purposes). 1«" «4 " 14S 41 »« 1.012 131 12 143 42 94 NOTE 14—Since Stokes* U* conaden the terminal velocity of a v°13 1|* 1* J4-? ^ *^ sm^e sphere falling in an infinity of liquid, the jues calculated represent \o\& 123 is 131 4s " the diameier of spheres that would {all at the stme rate as the toil ** 1.016 121 1« 137 46 15.,2 , Fo-.r convenienc• e in calculation. , • s the above equatio• n ioi' °1e 7 us1 1 • i» 1T 13313- s« 47 may be written as follows: 101.9 11.3 19 13.2 49 -. ,, ,-r-pj. 1020 110 20 130 SO where 'OJ1 107 21 129 51 A « constant dependin_,. g on th. e temperature of, th. e suspen- 10210223 10.120 S 23 2212 5 127S 3 S2 sion and the specific gravity of the soil panicles. Values 1024 100 24 124' s* of A for a range of temperatures and specific gravities '02S *-7 Js w* 5S are given in Table 3. The v-alue of A'does not change for , 026 94 je 120 56 a senes of readings constituting a lest, w'hile values of L i 027 92 2? 119 57 and T do van1. \C28 B9 a 1A 7 M 15,3 \'alues of D may be computed with sufficient accu- \ ^ st jj |jj |^ racy, using an ordinary 10-in. slide rule. 1 031 81 SOTJ 15—The value of i. is divided bv T" using the M-and B-scaln. i C32 7 g - the squar: root being ind._3te-__ile vA'ithoui ascerujning the 1033 76 *_lue 01'the s^u.re root it ma> be muluplied b> A', ustn| either the C-or 1034 73 O-sciie io31 03«S «7e0 1037 65 16. Sieve Analysis Values for Ponion Finer than No. 10 1 038 62' (1 00-mm) Sieve ' v_._« e( 161 Calculation of percentages passing the various sieves J. • t, •'*(., -(v_4,| used in sieving the ponion of the sample from the hydrom eter test involves several steps. The first step is to calculate ti „ $ttm _, „ hrarom«,r fro_. ^ toc ., -» __,, the mass of the fraction that would have been retained on the -*•» ie» > -ye-o-*!*' '«»»% em No 10 sieve had it not been removed. This mass is equal to *-, - o-r»n wogtn 0< r« hycromei- cue cm the total percentage retained on the No. 10 sieve (100 minus _• ; ™^™J££.£ w _., toul percentage passing) umes the mass ol the total sample vimn u*»c r c-__Mim; r« «_u_n * Tac« 2 v« u represented by the mass of soil used (as calculated in 14.2), *e» *»m *^*e-»i«r» ISIH_~J ISZH* and the result divided by 100. t* I 670e^ 16.2 Calculate next the total mass passing the No. 200 / ^t,ta^ sieve. Add together the fractional masses retained on all the F- n-«-o--w I$IH sieves, including the No. 10 sieve, and subtract this sum from L' - 10 s e» tor a r__ang « i ooo the mass of the toul sample (as calculated in 14.2). Fff ^r-CJTiWM**"8 * 1 *" 16.3 Calculate next the total masses passing each of the _, • ioScm«var_a<9r«oiOg/vn other sieves, in a manner similar to that given in 12.2. • 2J OTMOT a '-.305 * so g/m- 164 Calculate last the total percentages passing by di- viding the total mass passing (as calculated in 16.3) by the 17, Graph total mass of sample (as calculated in 14.2). and multiply the ,7>, When lhe hvdrorneler ana]vsis is p.rfonTied. a i result by 100, 96 TABLE 3 Values of K (or Use in Equation lor Computing Oum«ter ot PirBcl* in Hydrometer Analyjij '!ft!'., Ter-a— Kj"t. Sc*alftc Gravity 01 Sc« ptr_3« -:?! 'c 2*5 2. SO 2.55 2,602.65 270 2.75 280 2.85 16 001510 OOiSOS 001-81 0,01457 0.01435 0,01*1* 001394 00137* 0.01356 17 001511 001*86 001*62 001-39 0,01417 0,01396 001376 001356 001134 18 001*92 001*67 001*43 001*21 OOH99 0.01378 001359 001139 OC1321 19 001*7* 001*49 001*25- 001*03 001382 001361 0013*2 , 01323 00-305 20 001*56 . 001*31 001*08, 001386 001365 001344 001325 001307 0,01289 21 001438 001*1* 001391 001369 001348 0.01328 001309 001291 001273 22 001*21 001397 0,01374 001353 001332 001312 001294 001276 001258 23 001404 001381 0.01358 001337 0.01317 001297 001279 0.01261 0,01243 24 001388 001365 0.01342 0.01-21 001301 001282 001264 0012*6 0.01229 25 001372 001349 0.01327 0.013O6 0.01286 001267 0.01249 001232 0,01215 26 001357 001334 001312 001291 0.01272 0012S3 001235 001218 0.01201 27 001342 0,01319 001Z97 0,01277 0012S4 001239 0,01221 001204 0.01188 28 • 0,01327 001304 0.012S3 0012W 001244 001255 00i20« 001191 0.011 75 29 001312 001290 001269 0,01249 0,01230 001212 OOH9S 0,0117$ 0.01162 30 001298 001276 00125* 0.01236 0.01217 0.01199 0.01182 001165 0.01149 of the test results shall be made, plotting the diameters of the almost entirely of panicles passing the No. 4 (4 75-mm) panicles on a logarithmic scale as the abscissa and the sieve, the results read from the graph may be reported as percentages smaller than the corresponding diameters to an follows: arithmetic scale as the ordinate. When the hydrometer (/l Gfivd. p_oi-| Jtn «nd retained on No « -or . . * analysis is not made on a portion of the soil, the preparation (.') Sana1, pusai ^o * «»t »nd retained OB v»o 200 ixr-e ... , ,, * of the: traph is optional, since values may be secured directly (a) Cow und pa_un| No 4 ut*t >nd nr-uned OB % No 10 neve from tabulated data. (tl Medium und. p-_un* NO 10 _ev< and retained oa -, No *0 sieve 18.' Report (r) Fine _u\d pu_ni So *0 _ev« and reuuncd on No. % -00_«v» 18,1 The report shall include the following: (J1 Sill tut. 0 0"* 10 0 005 mm % 18,1.1 Maximum size of panicles. (4 ) CUy u-e. unaller Uvan 0 005 mm , . % 1 8 1 2 Percentage passing (or retained on) each sieve. Colloid-, un-Ilcr Jun 0001 mm * which may be tabulated or presented by plotting on a graph 18.4 For materials for which compliance with definite (Note I6i. specifications is not indicated and when the soil contains IS l.J Descr.pv.cn of sand and grave! panicles: material reuined on the No. 4 sieve sufficient to require a 18 1.3.1 Shap<—rounded or angular. sieve analysis on that portion, the results may be reported as IS 1,3.2 Hardness—hard and durable, soft, or weathered follows (Note 17); and fr-able. ' . S1£VE ^LYS.S 18 1.4 Specific gravity, if unusually high or low, 18.1.5 Any difficulty in dispersing the faction passing the SlOT Sur No. 10 (1 00-mml sieve, indicating any change in type and P-U,0| amount of dispersing agent, and _'.'," 18.1,6 The dispersion device used and the length of the t'i-m dispersion period. '•'" Win NOTE 16—Thjs ut'.lition of graph represents the grsd-Uon of the Vm -Uzpie tested If par_;ln iirgef Shan those contained in the Simple »ere *° * '• ''S-mmi resoled before testing, the report shall so sute giving the amount and Na lOOOO-wmi Buiiaumwe. vNo° .0t^40 ,(,5-wm 5"mil 18.2 For maienals tested for compliance with definite HYDROMETER ANALYSIS specifications, the fractions called for in such specifications 0074 mm shall be reported. The fractions smaller than the No. 10 sieve 000*™™ -hall be read from ihe graph. 18.3 For materials for which compliance with definite Non 17—NO S c..6-mm) and No, M) (joo-tim) sieves may be specifications is not indicated and when the soil is composed wbiutm-d for NO. 10 and NO. *o sieves. i Tht American Socwry (or Twting tna Met*** (_*•> no oattart mouainq m« ,tw»y of any oitcnt r*}fin tatf.tO m conmcrion witft any K*m m«ni That ttvxivi a -u6f*et to rtvwan U any tim* fry d* f-_aons«M Kcrme./ eommn** tna mat _• r»v»w—• twy W« y«tn and « not r*vii«e, »itn«r 'Moof&te or -undrawn, four commtmi ar* mvitw «rn_r for 'mixr of tna ttanoartf or for taeitanti ttvatras ano snouM M aoartuw 'o ASTM M*_gauaft*rx. Yam eammtnt will TKWV* -vtnX eonsio«raiior> • t mMting of tm 'ttoonjix ttcnnici' commCTM. •>"<* you may antnd ff you '(C tn_f your comm«nTt ft«vt not r«cwv«c> • fair AMnn; you (Aouifl max* your vnwt unown to int A5TW ComminM on StinOtnt, 18'6 Aae* St.. Pfi-a-Wpnia. M 19)03. 97 AR300552 If Designation: D 854 - 83'1 „__ * M*Jf*wiy inC T'ir__y_toi O**O_IJ ! AASHTO N,.; T 100 Standard Test Method for Specific Gravity of Soils1 Thu nandarti is issued under lhe fixed designation D $54. ih« number imme4utel> foilo-in| me .iey.irai.on mcJica'.el lhe sear of onpraJ adoption or in the ca_r of revision, the >e_r of last nros.oo A number ,n pirrrr.r-.ews mdi_ii« '.he vcir sf !as: rsappro^al A superscnpi epsilon d) indicates an eduor.aJ change since ihe tail re-.-is.on or reapproval " Son—Section 9 »»i chanjed ediionajl> in January 19*5. ______ 1. Scope C 127 Test Method for Specific Gravity and Absorption of 1.1 This test method covers determination of the specific Coarse Aggregate- gravny of soils by means of a pycnometer. When the soil is C 670 Practice for Preparing Precision Statements for Test composed of panicles larger than the No. 4 (4.75-mm) sieve. Methods for Construction Matenals the method outlined in Test Method C 127 shall be followed. °422 Melhod for Pamcle-S.ze Analyse of Soils3 When the soil is composed of panicles both larger and E 12 Definitions of Terms Relating to Density and Spe- smaller than the No. 4 sieve, the sample shall be separated on ctfic Gravily of Sollds- Liquids, and Gases4 lhe No. 4 sieve and the appropriate test method used on each portion. The specific gravity value for the soil shall be the 3. Definition weighted average of the r*o values (Note 1). When the 31 speafic g'a\n\— the ratio of the mass of a unit specific gravity value is to be used in calculations in volume of a matenal at a stated temperature to the mass in connection with the hvdrometer ponion of Method D 422. it ajr of the same volume of gas-free distilled water at a stated is intended that the specific gravity test be made on that temperature (per Definitions E 12). ponion of the soil vvhich passes the No. 10 (2.00-mm) sieve. Sort I—The »eijhied avenge specific jravit) should be caJculated *• Significance tnd Ls« usjni the foUo--m| equauon 4 j jhe specific gravity of a soil is used in almost every ___i_____ equation expressing the phase relationship of air, water, and •••" K, P, solids in a given volume of material. IOOG, * lOOG. *•- The term "solid particles." as used in geotechnical engineenng. is typicalK assumed to mean naturally occur* *here: nng mineral parv.cles that are not verv soluble in - C., - wetted average specific gr-Mtv of soils composed of Ther.fore_ lhe specif,c gra,,(v of m.,en_Is containing! panicles larger and smaller than the No, 4 (4 <.mm) ne_us mmn (5uch as .._;._t_ ,im. ... ^ s'cse' matter (such as sodium chlor.de). and soils conuming maSET K, - percent of soil panicles reumed.on the No 4 sieve. U1lh . ^^fc g-aMtv of iess lhan one. ,Vp,cally require Pt - percent of soil panicles passing the No. 4 sieve. spe_iaj lrealmenl or , quahf,.d _efinh.on of'specific gravity. u, » apparent specific |ravnt> of soil panicles retained on the No 4 sieve as determined b> Test Method C 127. and G* m specific jravitv of soil panicle? passing the No •» sieve u Appararus determined b> this test method 5.1 /»>rnomftV--Either a volumetnc f.ask having a ca- 1.2 The values stated in acceptable metric units are to be pacity of at least 100 mL or a stoppered bottle having a regarded as the standard. capacity of at least 50 mL (Note 2). The stopper shall be of 1.3 This standard may involve hazardous materials, oper- the same matenal as the bottle, and of such size and shape ations. and equipment This standard does not purport to that it can be easilv msened to a fixed depth in the neck of address all of the safety problems associated *.uh its use. It is the bottle, and shall have a small hole through its center to the responsibility of*hoeve' uses this standard to consult and permit the emission of air and surplus water. establish appropriate safety and health practices and deter- ^ .^ uje Qf ^ ^ .^ ^ w ^ no^ mine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use. ^alc a a matter of ,nd,v,d-al preference, but in iener-1. th* flask should be use. when a lirjer sample than can be used in the stoppered 2. Referenced Documents bortle >t needed due to maximum train sue of the sample. 5.2 Balance—Either a balance sensitive to 0.01 | for use 2.1 ASTM Standards: with the volumetric flask, or a balance sensitive to 0.001 ( for use with the stoppered bottle. ' Thu ust m«hod t> under -w junidmiofi of «£TM Commute* D-ll on Soil and Rock ind is ihe direct mponsibilitv of Subcommittee Dll.03 on Tenure, Flatueir). and Denuij Oiir-ciennics of SoiU. * Annual Boot of 45TW 5:.ruurtfi, Vol 04 02 Cunrm edition approved Sov :t. I9JJ Publiihcd January 1914 OnxtiuUly 1 Annual 4oo* of.iSTH S;.-_tarii, Vol 04 01 laued at O 154 - 42 Us previous ofliuon D 154 - SI (1979). 'Annual Soot of 4.STW Standards, Vol 150} AR300553 Designation: D 4220 - 89 Standard Practices for Preserving and Transporting Soil Samples1 Thu standard a issued under the fixed dcsunaiion D JliO the number immediate!; follo^nj tht destination indicates the >«r of onpna.' aojpnon or. m the cue of revision the >_u of last revision A number in p_jrnthe_B m.iaies the year oJUsi reapproval *, upencnpt epvlon (<) indicatn an editonal chan|e since lhe last revision or reapprova) I. Scope percent swell, consolidation, permeability, shear testing. 1.1 These practices cover procedures for preserving soil CBR, stabilimeter, etc. samples immediately after they are obtained in the field and 4-'-3 Gro"P C—Intact, naturally formed or field fabri- acco'mpanying procedures for transporting and handling the ated- samples for density determinations: or for swell Samples pressure, percent swell, consolidation, permeability testing 1.2 Limitations—These practices are not intended to »" I -J57~w Standards ties reo.uired. the fragility and sensitivity of the soil, and the D420 Practice for Investigating and Sampl.ne Soil and climalie conditions. In all cases, the pnm.ry purpose is to' Rock for Enemeenng Purposes1 " preserve the desired mherent conJmons D 653 Termmo'logv Relatine to Soil. Rock, and Contained *•- T,he Procedures presented in these practices were PJUJ 'VOTE I—Plasuc expandable end caps are preferred. Meal expand- date, record the time, and check for completeness of the able end cars seal equally -.ell. however. lor.|-itrm storage may cause traceabllltv record corrosion procierr.s 8. Procedure 6.1.8 ./crj. wide mouthed, with rubber-ringed lids or lids 0 , ,„ _ , _ , .. , , , lined with a coated parxr seal and of a size to comfonablv , u8' Al< Samples-.Pn^r\. identify samples uuh tags. receive the sample, commonlv '/: pt C50 mL). 1 pt (500 mL) «>bels. and makings pnor to transporting them as :o,;cws • and quart-sized (i000 ml). " |' '\ l°b name ,or numbcr' Or both' 6.1.9 Bag. either plastic, burlap with liner, burlap or cloth ~ iamP"n8 date. type (Practice D 1452). .3 Sample/boring number and location. 6.1.10 Packing Material, to protect against vibration and .4 Depth or elevation, or both. shock. 8. .5 Sample orientation, 6 1.11 Insulation, either granule (bead), sheet or foam .6 Special shipping or laboratory handling instructions. ivpe\l .» .t t oI resis*'IJHI_HIV1t temperatur, V.4 II IVe t chang£1 O I I WIeW ofV —l^»**'-soili f.o raiJV.WkWIIWWll to prevent l or both. ,L includin' 1 J 'g samplinIg' onentauon. and _l freezing ^-' Penetration test data, if applicable (Test Method 6.1.12 Sample Cube Boxes, for transporting cube (block) ^.5,8o*'c u_. •_ -, i v. •_ r j ., samples. Constructed with >/: to V. in. (13 to 19 mm) thick f.1:8 S-bd,v,ded samples must be identified -rule mam- plv^ood (manne tvpe). taining association to the onginal sample. 6.1.13 Cylindrical.Sample Containers, somewhat larger in \]** re«uir^ samPle ^c«bll"> record- dimension than the thm-walled tube or liner samples, such as . 8'2 Cr°,l>p -^-Transport samples ,n any type of container cvlmdncal frozen food canons. by *a>' .°f available ^nsponation. If transported corr.mer- '6.1.14 5/iWm« Owners, either box or cylindrical tvpe ctall>- 'he container need only meet the minimum require- and of proper construction to protect against vibrat.on. mcnls °flhe '^porting agency and any other requirements shock, and the elements, to the degree required. """"J? lo a"ure a8ainst sample loss' 8.3 (jrottp a NOTC :—The length, ginh and weijht r«tnaions for commercial 8.3.1 Preserve and transport these samples in sealed. transportation musi be considered. . moistureproof containers. All containers shall tx ofsu'TiCient 6 1.15 Idwnfication Mawal-Ttm includes the neces- ih.ckness and strength to ensure against breawge an. s-rx vvntine pens. tags, and labels to properlv identifv the m°1istu[e loss' ^he "n^iner types include, plastic cags or samclcts) " " ' pails, glass or plastic (provided they are waterproon jars, thin walled tubes, liners, and rings, ^'rap cylmJn^i! and cube samples in suitable plastic film or aluminum foil, or both. 7. Precautions (Note 3) and coat with several layers of wax. or seal ;n several Tl Special instructions, descriptions, and marking of layers of cheesecloth and wax. containers must accompany any sample that may include 8.3 2 Transport these samples by any available trar.spor- radioactive. chemical, lovic. or other contaminant matenal. tanon. Ship these samples as prepared or placed .r, larger " 2 Interstate transportation containment, storage, and shipping containers, including bags, cardboard, or vioovien disposal of soil samples obtained from certain areas within boxes or barrels. the United States and the transportation of foreign soils into NOTE 3—Some soils may cause hoi« to develop :- n.-.-.-. ?-•'.. or through the United States are subject to regulations due 10 corrosion -.void direct contact -here adver* .iTe::s ;? uxf.e established by the U S Department of A.gnculture.~Ammal. composition are i concern. and Plant Health Service. Plant Protection and Quarantine 8.3.3 Plastic Bags—Place the plastic bags as '.:jr'.:y as Programs, and possibly to regulations of other federal, state, possible around the sample, squeezing out as much air as or local agencies. possible. They, shall be 3 mil or thicker to prevent leakage. 7 2 I Samples shipped by way of common carrier or U.S. 8.3.4 Class-Plastic Jars—If the jar lids are no1, rubber Postal Service must comply with the Department of Trans- ringed or lined with new wixed paper seals, seal the u_s with ponation Hazardous Materials Regulation. 49CRF Part 172. wax. 7 3 Sample traccability records (see Fig. 1) are encouraged 8.3.5 Plastic Pails—If the plastic pail lids are not a:r t:ght. and should be.required for suspected contaminated samples.- seal them with wax or tape. 7.3 1 The possession of all samples must be traceable, 8.3.6 Thin-Walled Tubes: from collection to shipment to laboratory to disposition, and 8.3.6.1 Expandable Packers—The preferred method of should be handled by as few persons as possible. sealing sample ends within tubes is with plastic, expandable 7.3.2 The sample collectors) should be responsible for packers. initiating the sample traceability record: recording the 8.3.6.2 K'ox M'«/i Disks—For short-term sealing, paraffin project, sample identification and location, sample type, wax is acceptable. For long term sealing (in excess of 3 days) date, and the number and types of containers. use microcrystalline waxes or combine with up to 15 % 7.3.3 A separate traceabil'ity record shall accompany each beeswax or resin, for better adherence to the wall of the tube shipment. and to reduce shrinkage. Several thin layers of wax are 7.3.4 When transferring the possession of samples the preferred over one thick layer. The minimum final thickness person(s) relinquishing and receiving the samples shall sign. shall be 0.4 in. (10 mm). 557 1R300555 8.3.6.3 End Caps—Seal metal, rubber, or plastic end caps 8.5.1 The requirements of 8.4 must be met. in addition to with tape. For long term storage (longer than 3 days), also the following: dip them in wax, applying two or more layers of wax. 8.5.1.1 Samples should be handled in the same oricnta- 8.3.6.4 Cheesecloth and HOT— Use alternating layers (a tion in w'hich they were sampled, including dunng transpor-" minimum of two each) of cheesecloth and wax to seal each tation or shipping, with appropnate markings on the ship- end of the tube and stabilize the sample, ping container. 8.5.1.2 For all modes of private or commercial iranspor- Where necessary. spacers or appropriate packing materials, _ltjon< tnc loadin&- transporting and unloading of the ShlD- K^cC^a^r ment containers should be supervised as much as possible b^y tain its properties 10 provide the tame degree of continued sample * qualified person. suppon. NOTE 5—A qualified person may be an enpnetr. leolotist soil scientist soils technician or responsible person designated by tht project 8.3.7 Liners and Rings—Refer to 8.3.6.3 or 8.3.6.4. manajer. 8.3.8 Exposed Samples^ 8.6 shipping Containers (see Figs. 2 to 7 for typical 8.3.8.1 Cylindrical. Cubical or Other Samples Wrapped in containers)' Plastic, such as polyethylene and polypropylene, or foil 8.6j 7^ following features should be included in the should be further protected with a minimum of three coats of design of tne shipping container for Groups C and D. wax- 8.6.1.1 It should be reuseable. 8.3.8.2 Cylindrical and Cube Samples Wrapped in 8.6.1.2 It should be constructed so that the samples can be Cheesecloth and H_u\ shall be sealed with a minimum of maintained, at all times, in the same position as when three layers of each, placed aJternatively. sampled or packed, or both. 8.3.8.3 Canon Samples f Frozen Food Cartons)—Samples g.6.L3 lt should indude sufficient packing material to placed in these containers must be situated so thai wax can CUShion or isolate, or both, the tubes from the adverse effea be poured completely around the sample. The wax should fill Of vibration and shock, and the void between the sample and container wall. The wax 86 j 4 It should jnc|ucje sufficient insulating material to should be sufficiently warm to flow, but not so hot that it prevent freezing, sublimation and thawing, or undesirable penetrates the pores of the soil. Generally, the samples temperature changes. should be wrapped in plastic or foil before being surrounded g 6 2 \{'0od Shipping Containers *'th uax- 8.6.2.1 Wood is preferred over metal. Outdoor (marine) 8.4 Croup C • ' ply-wood having a thickness of'/: and '/'- in (13 to 19 mm) 8.4.1 Preserve and seal these samples in containers as may ^ uscd The top (cover) should be hir.ged and latched. covered in 8.3. In addition, they must be protected against or fastened w-ith screws. vibration and shock, and protected from extreme heat or g 6.2.: The cushioning requirements are given in 8.44. > co'^ . 8.6.2.3 For protection against freezine or extreme temper- t S-i: Samples transported by the sampling or testing ature variation, the entire shipping container should be lined agency personnel on seats of automobiles and trucks need ^j, a minimum insulation thickness of 2 in. '50 mm) or.lv be placed in cardboard boxes, or similar containers into. 86 3 \ffla/ Shipping Containers—The metal shipping which the sealed samples fit snugly, preventing bumping. containers must incorporate cushioning and insulation ma- rolling, dropping, etc. teriaJ to minimum thicknesses in accordance w-uh 8.6.2, 8.43 For all other methods of transporting samples. although slightly greater thicknesses would be appropriate. including automobile trunk, bus. parcel services, truck, boat. Alternatively, the cushion effect could be achieved with a air. etc.. place the sealed samples in wood, metal, or other spnng suspension system, or any other means that would type of suitable shipping containers that provide cushioning provide similar protection. or insolation, or both, for each sample and container. Avoid g$4 Styrene Shipping Contaiws— Bulk styrene with transporting by any agency whose handling of containers is s|ols cut lo the dimensions of the sample tube or bner. A suspect. protective outer box of ply-wood or reinforced cardboard is 844 The cushioning material (sawdust, rubber, polysty- recommended. rene.. urethane foam, or material w-ith similar resiliency) 3^.5 Qtner Containers—Containers constructed with should completely encase each'sample The cushioning laminated fiberboard. plastic or reinforced cardboard outer between the samples and walls of the shipping containers wa^^ and properly lined, may also.be used. should have a minimum thickness of 1 in. (25 mm). A ' ' ' minimum thickness of 2 in. (50 mm) shall be provided on 9- Reporting the container floor. 9.1 The data obtained in the field shall be recorded and 8.4.5 When required, the samples should be shipped in should include the following: the same orientation in which they were sampled. Otherwise, 9.1.1 Job name or number, or both, special conditions shall be,provided such as freezing, con- 9.1.2 Sampling date(s), trolled drainage, or sufficient confinement, or a combination 9.1.3 Sample/bonng numberts) and location(s), thereof, to maintain sample integrity. 9.1.4 Depth(s) or elevation's), or both, 8.5 Group D: 9.1.5 Sample orientation. I————————— — ~ " Simple Ide n tif ication/Tractabllity Record (Controlled Document) Atl.nttoi of; I 1 FIG. 1 Example Layout o( Record Porm 916 Groundwater observation, if any. 9.1.12 If used, a copy of traceability records. 9 l 7 M-thod of sampling, and penetration test data, if 9 1.13 Weather conditions, and applicable. 9.1.14 General remarks. 9 1 S Sample dimensions. 9 I 9 Soil description (Practice D 2488). »-_,.•<;„„ ,-A Bi,« 9110 Names of technician/crewman, engineer, project 10- Precision and Bias Ch,ef et(.M 10.1 This practice provides qualitative and general mfor- 9 1.11 Comments regarding contaminated or possible mation only. Therefore, a precision and bias statement is not contaminated samples. applicable. 559 AR300557 D4220 TOD & better '•-st be screw; into place (is; r,y be n-.ncs. and latched) _ 4" (103 im) 01a. Hole " holes each, top t bottom dividers) edge of r. ' V2" (12 n-; 0-:i. Rooe ^i-f.t (-c^e tK.is S one e;.osue •••;-•-_- o' 7 r.j ;ls in i.ri 1:-; •_:» ;;re'e-ab1y ;'uei «-.;'•• S'.ue FIG. 2 Shipping &oi (or 3-in. (76-mm) Thin-Wall*. Tubes RR30055 D4220 (a) Photo of Open Box For S" (127 mm) Tubes E \J J •I! 1 m*r i- r-H /I ID) Top ^ie-* ' 1 . i 0 to MOli nm| t, ——— 37- ,940 " (c) Front V:tv r (IOJ» ., 'n 1 .,T ' / \ T< ; \ T' / \ (d) Side View NOTE—Toe »n~ eonom ruuvn art cMntical FIG. 3 Styrene Shipping Container lor 3-m. (76-fnm) Thin-Wailed Tube* AR300559 A TQ»V1CW (Wopml C ict view 'I t rttpff VIEW o »-:•:.-"•- -< --i: = _• BILL Or MATERIALS tie— "*m sc Desc^D'c*- o' ne— Gu»rnity No C*icn5io>- o< nern O_inirry i P'fwoae * * oy 8 f 5y i. n {'220 mm c> J«C —i- sy 19 i i Srvcei 13 «oe* "yvy ' »•>« i'2 7-<-"-i e.a-wte- sc*i y»o*e. S * 'S2< mmi m—.. •«!»n» G'£0« AC n Cus*wy vnt:i «t_a-^«c ser,s-ve-v« ';a- 1C -^ iC 26 "-s) 2 f »y« s'-ac 4 (a) 55-callon (0.21 m3) oil barrels with sections of styrofoan insula- tion; welded handles on each side. '-r s*v;-»>-t. Steel l-.SS SOl tr: c- tc ;rovi:e ttjnt seal. Ncrc—Two m iSt mm) o' -cam "jeoe' covers 2 T o' sr^i'jim !• ~e MS< 0->« i '25 mm. o> io*m -,_3e< cve'jys ax too si :r>e luoes *rx3 :ne re— jimr; scice :s :•»« "C 'S ftueo wrr sryoic_m FIG. S Shipping Barrel lor Thin-Walled Tubes 563 _-re<• .*- .- -, -.v.,- isfe^:«^_-_D-s,s£• -y^\-*5{U^^-'^^^^f^?C^-' .i Sconce P.si»i- (25--; -.05 arc 4r, faces; or, Jr (6; N. 3" ( t TJ '54- *»S5«' C.?' t2>C. 5' FIG. € Shipping Boi lor Liner (Short Tub*) or Ring Sampiet fe:**—-isi^^S^^aS^S^-'^^^'--'^^ ^ '•r""^'~J<-T:-U_*.-^.-"--•> D4220 One thickness of chess* cloth is placed aoainst soil, f ol' ;..cd by an a:sl ication. of «ar-, „.«. rubbed by hand. KETVO. FOB s.i::m;G Hina-cjr tr^isT-.'s-o 13 - 19 -r) FIG. 7 Preparing and Packaging a Slock Sample rnc A— cnctn Society tor 7_nmg ane Mareriait twes no ponton respectino, (nt otiaay ol any paten' "gfttt tuerteo m e mtfi my <«m mc^"on«Q m iftrj stneva Ultn Ol rrxs uanove a/t eiertuiy *0v<>«4 Irur oetermmalion or ine >»>o Thri avavg a jufired ro (wruon « any lime ey ine rexponsiMe leetnica/ comminee ano* must o» r*v«we0 every »v« yeen ino *ne«re*uea titrier tttoottma or »r!rtar«wn Vou> eommemj »r« «v»eo » Standard Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by the Drive-Cylinder Method"1 This nandard is issued under the died destination D }93", the number immediaieiv follo-inj lhe desif-ation indicates the vear or ongT.a! adoption or. in the case of revision, me >c_t of Usi revision A number in p-rerr.hw« indicates the >tar of tail rtapprova! ^ superscript epvlon (,| indicates an edtioruJ change since the U_i revision or nupproval This mi mnhod nas befr approved fof ust 6> a/enciej ofiht Df^cnrnfni of Dtffnsr and for lining in thf £>o£> lndt.\ 1. Scope - D1557 Test Methods for Moisture-Density Relations of 1.1 This lest method covers the determination of in-place S0'15 and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures Using 10-lb (4.54-kg) density of soil by the dnve-cyiinder method. The test method Rammer and 18-m. (457-mm) Drop- involves obtaining a relatively undisturbed soil sample bv D2216 Method for Laboratory Determination of Water driving a thin-walled cylinder and the subsequent activities (Moisture) Content of Soil, Rock and Soil-Aggregate for the determination of in-place density. Two procedures Mixtures" are described for this test, one 'for testing at the surface, and one for testing ai greater depths. 1.-2 This test method is not appropriate for sampling 3. Significance «nd Ls. organic soils, very hard soils which cannot be easily pene- 3.1 This test method can be used to deiermine the trated. soils of low plasticity which will not be readily in-place density of natural, inorganic, fine-grained soils. reu:ned in the cylinder. or soils which contain appreciable 3.2 This test method may also be used to determine 'the amounts of coarse or granular material. . in-place density of compacted soils used in construction of 1.3 This test method is limited to the procedures neces- structural fill, highway embankments, or earth dams. sar\ for obtaining specimens suitable for determining the 3.3 This test method is not recommended for use in tn-place density and waier content of certain soils. The organic, noncohesive. or fnable soils. This test method is not procedures and precautions necessary for obtaining undis- applicable to soft, highly plastic, or saturated or other soils turbed samples suitable for laboratory testing or otherwise which are easiiv, deformed, or uhich ma> not be retained in diiemir.mg engineering properties is beyond the scope of lhe dme c>|inder. The use in fine-grained soils containing this test me-.hod. appreciable coarse material ma> not yield mean-.r.gful results NOTE 1— The general principles of this icsi method hase been and mas damage the dme-cylmder equipment. suc:ess:'..!:v u«d 10 obum i_ triples of some field corr.paoed fine-jrained ioi'.s f-.avirg a rr.aumum pa~.iclc size of * T5-mm for purpos« other L'-.ar _ensn> de-.ermmations such as the testing for enjineenng proper- 4. Apparatus 4 1 £}r;\f C\lindcrs, with diameters of approvimateU 2 to 1 J Values rrm be stated in inch-pound, gram-centimetre. S1': in. (50 to UO mrr.) or larger. Typical details of iv-o types or other units, provided the appropriate conversion factors of dn\e cylinders »nh outside diameters of. 0 in ("6.2 mm) are used to maintain consistency of units throughout the are shown in Figs. I and 2. Dnve cylinders of other .tismir.atiohs and calculations. diameters will require proportional changes in the dme- 1.5 This standard ma\ in\olw hazardous materials, oper- cylinder tube and dnve-htad' dimensions, fhe \olume of the ano".s and equipment This standard does not purpor, to cylinders with the dimensions sho^n in Figs 1 and 2 is address -// of ihe safety problems associated *tth its use !i is approximately 00, ft' (283 cm') The apparatus shown in" the responsibility of*hoe\er uses ihis standard to consult and pjg | ,s Of _ design suitable for use at or near the surface. esiablish appropriate safety and health practices and deter- The threaded apparatus shoun m Fig. 2 is of a design for use mtne the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use al gjjater depths. 4.1.1 The number of cylinders required depends on the 2. Referenced Documents , number of samples to be taken and the anticipated rapidity __... c -by which the cylinders can be returned to service after 2.1 ASTM-Sianaaras: _.,_,, J_ . . weighing, cleaning, etc. A minimum of six cylinders is D 653 Terminology Relating to Soil, Rock, and Contained recommended. * _,flujd*~ ., . , , ... rv_- » i .• r 4.1.2 The cylinders shown in Figs. 1 and 2 meet the wall D698 Test Methods for Motsture-D-nsity Reltt'ons of ^.^^ tn 355 AR30056U D 2937 • iv£ *oo --NOLC O / NC-E—"e'er to '•; 2 IOT mere eomv»ie<'tj FIG. 1 Typical Deugn for a Surface Soil Sampler A, - area ratio. 1. 4.5 Shovel—Any one of several types of shovels or spade i Dr « maximum external diameter of the dnve sampler. is satisfactory in shallow sampling for digging the cylinder f and out after they have been druen into the soil. D, = minimum internal diameter of the dnve sampler at 4 .'6 Balances—A balance or scale of at least 1-kg capacit the cutting edge. accurate to 1 0-g and a balance of 500-g capacity accurate t< Cylinders of other diameters should conform to these re- 0.1-g are required for the cylinders shown in Figs, I and 2 quirements. . Larger cylinders will require a balance of 20-icg capacit: i 4.1.3 When the in-place density is to be used as a basis for accurate to 0.1 %. , acceptance of compacted fill, the cylinders shall be as large as 4.7 Drying Equipment—Equipment and oven to compl; practical to minimize the affects of errors and shall in no case *iih Method D 2216. Other drying equipment may be usec be smaller than 0.025 ft3 (7iO cm3). This will require for rapid evaluation ofmoisture content if specified (see 7.2) cylinders larger than those shown in Figs. 1 and 2. *•* Miscellaneous Equipment—Brushes, sledgehammers 4.2 Drive Head—The typical details of the drive heads Plas;ic *>*&• meul "n5 *llh ilds- or olher suitable container and appurtenances are shown in Figs. 1 and 2. The dnve for retaining the drive cylinder and sample until determina head for use at or near the surface has a sliding weight for uo" of mass and ^"S- sP°on5- '""de/outside vernie: driving the cylinder. The cylinder to be used at greater depths flper\.or the «}u>v«Ient "curate to 0,01 in. (0.0025 mm is driven with a hammer or other means. For sampling below for <-»librat,on. gloves, and safety glasses. shallow depths, extensions may be added to the drive rod as required to reach the layer to be sampled. 5- Calibration 4.3 Straightedge, steel, approximately 'ft by Vh by 12 in. 5.1 Before testing begins and periodically th-i-after, or with one edge sharpened at approximately a 45* angle for when damage is suspected, check the cutting edge of the tnmming the ends of the sample flush with the cylinder. drive cylinders (dulled or damaged cylinders may be 4.4 Auger— An Iwan or similar type auger for digging resharpened and reswaged or discarded). below shallow depths. 5.1.1 Before testing and periodically thereafter, determine the mass and volume of each cylinder. Determine and recorc D 2937 4— »««.l I '«»•() —— l' »TO »•« 4 «_j» i^ro ii._ -" .. 1 X-.1_t_1 o•• t>-•e «IM-«« •«» ^ "n 1 >"J ! t 1 «>•< * ENLARGED THD PET M«tne '» 075^ Vi 19050 1«..« 39688 -90625 ?38'8rs 00625 l Se'5 0612 20625 IV, 412^5 29*i.S 75 <€5'5 • .. ' S9S OB2< 20930 . !»• "450 .3 . 76250 v» 31:5 0825 20955 2 SC 800 3' a 76994 *., 4762 »/, 22.225 2'* 57150 3'. 12 S5C C2 508C 1 25-00 2'^ 63500 3« ai 833*4 - 6350 1050 26«70 2"/,. 68262 6'^. 168 ''5' *« 5525 IV, 28575 2% 6S 850 7 177600 '•« 11112 1- 31750 2'*.« 70638 8*. 222250 ^ 1270C iv,, 33338 2% 73025 36 9'4 4DC S______ijjTS______VT______38 100______2900______73660______*6______12'S200____ PIG. 2 Typical De»ign lex a Soil Sampler for Uae ftelo* Suflaee the mass accurately to the nearest 1 g Determine the volume Obtain a fairly level surface before any cylinder ts dmen. of each cylinder by measuring the height and the swaged-end Depending on the soil texture and moisture, the surface may diameter at four equally spaced points to 0.01 in. (0.254 be prepared utilizing a bulldozer blade or other heavy mm) and average the respective dimensions. Calculate and equipment blades provided the sample area and vicinity are record the volume to the nearest 0.01 in.3 (0.16 mm'). not deformed, compressed, torn, or otherwise disturbed'. 5.2 Permanently identify each cylinder by a number or 6.1.2 Assemble the cylinder and drive head with the symbol traceable to the calibration data. It may be desirable sharpened edge on the surface to be sampled. Dnve the in some cases to show the mass and volume on the cylinder cylinder by raising the drop hammer and allowing it to fall. along with the identification. Hold the drive rod in a steady and vertical position, keeping the drive head in contact with the cylinder. Continue dnvmg 6. Sampling until the top of the cylinder is approximately '/j in. (13 mm) 6.1 Sampling at or \ear the Surface: below the original surface. Overdriving may result in de- 6.1,1 Brush all loose panicles from the surface. For forming or compressing the sample and may provide erro- near-surface sampling (not more than 36 in. (1 m) in depth), neous results. Care should be taken to prevent overdriving, sample through a hole bored with an auger or dug by a particularly when sampling below ihe surface. If overdnvmg shovel from which loosened material has been removed. occurs or is suspected, the-sample should be discarded and 357 <$!)> D 2937 the soil resampled. Remove the drive head and dig the 7.2 Remove the soil from the cylinder. Obtain a represen- cylinder from the ground wuh a shovel, digging the soil from tative specimen for water content determination, or us« the around the sides of the cylinder and undercutting several entire sample. Specimens for determining water contentt -••> inches below the bonom of the cylinder before lifting the to be as large as practical but in no case smaller than cylinder out. \Vhen sampling near, but below, the surface, and selected in such a way so as to represent all the m.. us< the same procedure, but more soil will necessarily have from the cylinder. Determine the water content of the so• to be dug from around the sides of the cylinder to properly accordance with Method D 2216. Rapid methods of water undercut the cylinder. content determination may be used when specified. Rapid 6,1.3 After the cylinder has been removed from the methods are generally less accurate than Method D 2216 and ground, trim any excess soil from the sides of the cylinder. should only be used when their accuracy is considered Using the straightedge, tnrruhe ends of the sample flush and sufficient for the testing purpose. plane wiih the ends of the cylinder. A satisfactory sample is . r.|cu|atj0-s composed of relatively undisturbed soil representative of the '„ __ . . soil in place and shall not contain rocks, roots, or other 8-> The in-place dry density of the soil is expressed as the foreign material. If the cylinder is not full or is not mass of lhe dr> ™l dwded b* *« volume of »«!. and - representative, discard the sample and take another sample. us"all> reP°ned in P°unds ** cubic foot or kilograms per If the cylinder is'deformed or otherwise damaged while cu°'$ m."re', . . - . . . dnving it into or removing it from the ground, discard the J-2 Calculate the dry mass of the dnve-cyhnder sample, sample and repair or replace the cylinder. Immediately 'WJ- m &*m- u 'Oll°w5: determine the mass of the sample and determine the water -V3 - ((A/, - ,W:)/(100 + *>] x 100 content or place the drive cylinder and sample in a container where: which will prevent soil or water loss until mass and water ^ , mass Of lne cylinder and wet soil sample, g, determinations can be made. .v/2 * mass of the cylinder, g. and 6 2 Sampling Belo* the Surface- w - water content. °c, dry mass basis, 6,2.1 Dnll a hole with an auger to the elevation of the 8.3 Calculate the dry density, fi. of the drive-cylinder layer to be sampled. Gean the bottom of the hole of sample in Ib/ft3 as follows: auger-loosened material as well 35 possible with a cleaning m (t>f ,\^(-^ g^, auger or other suitable tool leaving the bottom of the hole • • » fairly level. where: 6.2.2 Assemble the cylinder to the dnve head fand exten- v m v°!ume of lhe dnv« cylinder, in3 (to the nearest O.Ol sions if needed) and lower the cylinder into the hole placing in ) n firmly on the layer to be sampled. Dnve the cylinder into NOTE 2—It may be desired 10 express the m-placs deruiry u a the soil' bs blows of a hammer on the top Of the dnve rod. Canute of some other density, for example, the laboratory rrux.mum Contmue'dnving until the top of the cvi.nder ,s approx,- dt,ns">- <««-™«l in accordance »v.h Test Methods D 69L —-- , ,," . , . , • . j _. relation can be determined tv. diMdint ;hc m-piacc dettiitv* mately. 1 in. (25 mm) below the surface being sampled. Care mlximum de.$,u _nd mu|tlpiv..r.8 bv 100 must be taken not to overdrive since there is only approxi- mately a 2-m (50-mm) clearance in the dnve head. Break 9- the sample from the ground by moving the rod of the 9. The report shall include the following: sampler back and forth. Remote the assembly from the hole 9. 1 Location, > and carefulK remove the cylinder from the dnve head. In 9, .2 Depth below ground surface or elevation of surface. cases where the sample breaks from the ground slightly or both. above the cutting edge, the sample may be forced back 9. .3 Dry density, through the cylinder by carefully pressing the top of the 9. .4 waier content. sample against a flat surface. Tnm any excess soil from the 9. .5 Dimensions and volume of the sampler, cylinder using the straightedge until the sample is flush and 9. .6 Visual descnption of the soil sample, and plane with the ends of the cylinder. If the cylinder is 9. .7 Comments on soil sample disturbance. deformed or damaged, or if the sample is broken, disturbed. (g p^-io,, tnd or gouged bv rocks dunng driving, discard the sample. _, , , ... Immediatelv determine the mass of a satisfactory sample and 10-> .The precision and bias of this test method for determine the water content or place the drive cylinder and ""?«""« lhe de"W of soils,m place by the dnve AR300567 0 2937 rfw -.-*"_«" Sooo <0> ftilin g me Wre'ij/s U»_S no po-rtion rejpecnnj tie rti'aity o'any ot'fv nyna tsitnee if wftn a.ty itfr mtniionta ir inn j:jno«'C (Jse's o' tfus tttnat'e vt e«y«si>. «tfvje Tfio tranaa/ff _ tuGiK! so revmo" t! •'•y nm « Oy fne /-lOonsiBK reerinicj/ oynmffl»« «nc mus; M rt*vw*i eve'y i^nof r*«i». * GO O o en en CO Designation: D 2216 - 80 ***»-*».»«_»_. $_-«•» Standard Method for Laboratory Determination of Water (Moisture) Content of Soil, Rock, and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures1 Thu sundard u tuued under the filed de-truuon D 2216. UK number imme-uteK fo!to»ini the d«i|nauon mdic-iei the year of original adoption or. in the ax of revuion. th< »e_r of last rcvmon A number in pirtnihnes indicais the ytar of tan rt_ppro»il A upencnpt tpsilon («) indicate! an *diton_) ctun|t unce the last rtvuion or —approval. 1. Scop* hydrated water at in-situ temperatures or less than 110*C caa 1.1 This method covers the laboratory determination of be misleading. the water (moisture) content of soil, rock, and soil-aggregate 3.5 The term "solid particles as used in geotechnical mixtures b\ weight. For simplicity, the word "material" engineering, is typically assumed to mean naturally occur- hereinafter refers to either soil, rock, or soil-aggregate mix- "nS mineral panicles that are not readily soluble in water. lures, whichever is most applicable. Therefore, the water content of materials containing extra- 1.2 The water content of a material is defined as the ratio, neous matter ' TVm metfiod u under the junidimem of A5TM Commitue D-11 em Soil and 6. Test Rock and u the dinrci mpanubilny of S«beommin«t DII.03 on Tetturt, g j pof watef contents bejng determined in COnjunCT-Ot'. '^unenr^''.^ Mav"» ^980 Pub.,** J«iy .910 Or^^uv «ith another ASTM method, the method of spec.mo pubnihrt u D :: 16 - 63 T Lan previoiu «diuon D 221«-11. selecuon specified in that method controls. &R300569 b D 2216 ' 6.2 The manner in which the test specimen is selected and indicate an insigr,,ficant change 'less ;han about 0 I rt) Specimens of ;_ required mass is basically dependent on the purpose s»n. mas ofienbeone- toconsar.t rr.issinaper... ofabout^ h.'^hen application) of the test, upe of material besne tested, and the » force_-cr,ftoven ,s u*d. , ^iplit-barrel Kof r. etc.)?'Vsr. In allr cases fro, howeverm ,anothe a representativr e r°"avK.M- ,ba8 for m.,en_- slube conu,r.!ng- gypsu m<- or o-.ne- r5 m.nerai£ ^^J^^^^s having n oor.ion of ihe total sample shall be selected. If a layered soil significant amounts of h>dnied viateror for son containing a s-jnificant 3f more !han one SOil type is encountered, select an average amount" of organic maienaJ. In manv _is« and derxr.dir.g on tne jonion or individual ponions or both, and note which intended use for ihe-se tvpcs of maierais n mi|nt be more applicable .to v>rtionis) was tesied in the report of the results mamu.n ihe drying osen it 60 : 5'C or use a vacuum desiccator at » 6.1. For bul. samples, selec, the test specimen from the ~ £^2 c^'crT, ^ of' natenal after it has been thoroughly mixed. The mass of methods lre used '„ ^oM ^ B0ted ,n'ih(:'rtpon of lhe roults. 7,0151 matenal selected shall be in accordance with the NOTE 6—Since some dry mate.-.aJs mav absorb moisture from moist ibllowing table: "' specimens, dned specimens should be removed before placing moist Sieve R«um.n, More Than Recommended Minimum Mas. Specimens in the oven However, this requirement ,s not applicable if Aboui 101 of Sample of MOIM Specimen ( thir previously dned specimens -ill remain in the drying oven for an ; Omm,No 10, «ve 100 to 200 ' additional time penod of abou. 16 h. «•>< mmiso JiiKve jooiosoo 7.4 After the material has dned to constant mass remove !'mm 50°"° I00° the container from the oven and replace the lid. Allow the Um38 mm m ' vwotoioooIJOO to 3000o matena..! .an d container to coo.l to room temperature or unti•*l 6.2,,„,,,2 Fo- r smal„l Oar,-,,,) samples, select 'a representattv. e por- thaned containe h Q.r cajon nb e fhandle „ ba,3ncd comfonabe wU, noK ,wit ^h afTeaebare handd bs .on .n accordance with the fo lowing procedure: convection currents. Determine the mass of the container 6.2.2.1 For cohesionless soils, thoroughly mix the mate- and ovenxjned ma,en_, usine the ^me balancc as used in •ial. then select a test specimen having a mass of moist - , Rec0rd this value aatenalm accordance wnh the table in 6.2 1. See Note 2. ™7;4M ,f ,he container d(XS not have a ,id. vxeigh the 6.2.2.2 For cohesive soils, remove about 3 mm of matenal container and maienal neht -,-,„ lheir Iemper3lures _re such jom the exposed penphery of the sample and slice it in half ,ha, (ne op AR3QQ57Q !' I . : <_Ir) D 2216 Tnt Ame;ctn Soc.tfy (or Ttslinf tne Uttt'illi r««« no position rM6*ct»ic in* •IIX!«Y 0' »if Pi»«"' "."IS JSS«T*tf in *•, my „»- -eiMViec .r «« .ranoare Use-j o' rn-s jime«-tf »'« tiyeji', «;"S« '"'' «'«"" •»"<"' <" '"« ""="' o"'' «*" Jp»;«m r.jftjj ana (rx n»* o/ mtnngtmtni ol _uen rijnrj. «/e e.id'Hy rrw/r own r«pois.OJ.(y rn,s jrjne»rtf u tuouc: io rr/'J«5^ at any (me oy («• r«oom.e« rtenmej' co-mure* i"C TUJ: e* re-.«-« eve>> '..* »,•.- : «n« ifnatwisK inner rtvxfo*»e or w/rrtar«wn your eommenrj arc mvir«e «if>*' ' AR3QQ572 Environmental Engineer RAUL E. FILARDI, Ph.D. B&V Waste Science and Technology Corp. SPECIALTIES Environmental Engineering Hydrology Program/Project Management Permitting Water/Wastewater Planning Statistics/Economics and Engineering Surface and Ground Water Studies Field Investigations/Activities Waste Minimization CERCLA/RCRA Investigations Expert Testimony Remedial Design/Design Oversight Contract Administration Feasibility Studies Cost Estimating Remedial Investigations Waste Treatment/Process Design Environmental Audits/Impact Analysis Theoretical Modeling Data Management/Collection Property Transfer Evaluations RELEVANT EXPERIENCE Dr. Filardi has more than twenty-five years of experience in hazardous waste, environmental, water resources, pollution control, and civil engineering management, planning, studies, design, and construction. As the Philadelphia Office Operations Manager he currently assists the Regional Manager in the supervision of project managers and department heads. Dr. Filardi has served as program and project manager on a wide variety of CERCLA and RCRA projects. As the program manager for the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Region III Alternative Remedial Contract Strategy (ARCS) Superfund Program, he currently oversees all program activities for more than 15 work assignments involving investigations, designs, actions, and oversights. He also monitors schedules and costs, prepares long-range program plans, identifies and resolves potential problems, ensures the quality of the work, and ensures that the necessary resources are made available to the project managers. For City Management Corp., Dr. Filardi managed investigation and design services to remove five underground storage tanks from a RCRA permitted waste handling facility and former fuel depot in Kansas City, MO. He was the project manager for two CERCLA remedial investigations (RIs), two operable unit feasibility studies (OUFSs), and oversight of the remedial design and remedial action at Findett, MO, for the Region VII EPA. One RI and its companion OUFS addressed ground water contamination by volatile organic compound (VOCs). The other RI and OUFS addressed surface and near-surface soil REF/B1O 08/05/93 AR300573 contamination by VOCs and Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCB). Proposed plans and records of decision were prepared for both OUFSs. Dr. Filardi was the program manager for services provided to the Brookhaven National Laboratory in Long Island, NY. This program included a RCRA waste analysis plan and compliance audit, a waste concentration facility maintenance plan, a waste minimization study, a low-level radioactive waste certification plan, a filter installation conceptual design report, tank integrity testing protocol generation, and a NCYRR Part 373 compliance certification. Additional projects managed by Dr. Filardi included a project for a confidential client in Florida involving a RCRA contamination assessment and development of a bid package covering a remedial action (RA) for fuel oil-contaminated soil and ground water; for the City of Leavenworth, KS, sampling and generation of a RCRA compliant contamination assessment report for petroleum product contamination at Shennan Army Airfield; a CERCLA feasibility study (FS) for a -confidential client in Republic, MO, that addressed trichloroethene-contaminated ground water plume and onsite soil contamination; a Defense Environmental Restoration Account FS at Hastings, NE, for the US Army Corps of Engineers (USAGE) evaluating remedial action alternatives for VOC, explosive, and metal contamination of ground water, soil, and sediment; and a hazardous waste characterization and minimization assessment at the Los Alamos National Laboratory in New Mexico. Dr. Filardi has managed several property transfer evaluations/site assessments. For the KP&L Gas Service Company, he managed a Phase I and Phase II environmental property assessment of a proposed electrical substation site in Topeka, KS; for the Kissimmee Utility Authority, FL, he managed a Phase I property transfer evaluation of a 996 acre site; for Aerovox-M Inc., he managed two property transfer evaluations (environmental site assessments) of the company's electrolytic capacitor manufacturing facilities; and for the United Telecommunications Inc., he managed a Level I environmental assessment of a 240- acre site. As a hazardous waste expert, Dr. Filardi provided an independent review of the Winnipeg, Manitoba, Hazardous Waste Management Corp.'s development strategy, identified alternative development strategy options, and assessed their ability to meet objectives. For the Harbert-Jones Companies, he evaluated the impact of a proposed sanitary trunk sewer crossing a Superfund site in Humacao, Puerto Rico. .Before his involvement in hazardous waste projects, Dr. Filardi was the project manager/engineer for a variety of environmental and water resources projects. These included the installation design and construction drawings for seventeen National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) flow and quality monitoring station modules at the US Department of Energy's Y-12 plant in Oak Ridge, TN, two of which incorporated stream flume designs; preliminary design and economic feasibility study of killed explosive waste- handling alternatives for the USAGE, Kansas City District; and NPDES permit application REF/BIO 08/05/93 &R3QQ57U for the Lake City Army Ammunition Plant in Missouri. Other projects included a technical and economic feasibility study of methane generation by anaerobic digestion of water hyacinths and conventional sludge mixes for the Gas Research Institute in Chicago, IL; evaluation of the hydrologic impact of an artificial lake on an existing lake system in Troy, MI; study, evaluation, and development of planning, design, and construction criteria for military water and sewer systems for the USAGE; preliminary design of a lagoon for water treatment plant alum sludge for the Marston Lake Water Treatment Plant in Colorado; and an economic and financial analysis of solid waste resource recovery alternatives for Gallatin County, MT. In Detroit, MI, Dr. Filardi was project manager for the latter stages of a large, complex EPA facilities plan that addressed a regional (flow in excess of 1,000 million gallons per day) treatment plant and combined sewer control alternatives. The joint-venture project required coordinating the activities of several subconsultants and federal, state, and city governments in addition to directing the technical and administrative efforts. During the earlier stages of the project, Dr. Filardi supervised the design of a combined sewer overflow system and receiving stream flow and quality monitoring program; developed methods for generating least-cost control alternatives; generated computerized probabilistic methods for evaluating the control alternative performance; and the environmental impact analysis on the water quality in the Detroit and Rouge Rivers. Dr. Filardi was responsible for a stream modeling study in Bogota, Colombia, where he generated a stream water quality modeling manual that covered data collection, sampling design and procedures, and data analysis and evaluation. The manual also covered computer model calibration, verification, and use as a planning tool. Before joining Black & Veatch, Dr. Filardi was Director of the Office of Water Resources for the Puerto Rico Department of Natural Resources, with technical and administrative responsibility for islandwide programming and planning of water supply, water quality, flood control, and other related resources. He also represented the department at public and legislative hearings. Prior to that Dr. Filardi was Subdirector of Planning for the Puerto Rico Aqueduct and Sewer Authority (PRASA), where he supervised islandwide water supply and sewerage system planning, the EPA construction grants program, and several ocean outfalls. He also managed consulting activities, coordinated with federal and commonwealth agencies, and represented the agency in technical committees, and served as an expert witness before Commonwealth of Puerto Rico House and Senate committee hearings. He administered a joint federal, commonwealth, and industrial effort to establish a physical, chemical, and biological oceanographic base-line, supervised islandwide surface and ground water quantity appraisals, a water quality management study, and computerized water management data bank development. REF/BIO 08/05/93 AR300575 EMPLOYMENT HISTORY B&V Waste Science and Technology Corp.: Environmental Engineer, 1988-Present Black & Veatch, Engineers-Architects: Environmental Engineer, 1976-1988 Puerto Rico Department of Natural Resources: Director, Office of Water Resource Planning, 1975-1976 Puerto Rico Aqueduct & Sewer Authority: Subdirector, Planning Area, and Director, Water Resources Studies, 1970-1975 New Center for San Juan (Public Corp.): Urban Planner, 1968-1970 Feheley, Bartolomei, Franqui & Camino: Job Captain, 1967-1968 Puerto Rico Precast Corp. (a division of Interstate General Contractors): Field Supervisor and Administrative Assistant, 1966-1967 Various Engineering and Architectural Firms: Planner, Engineering Aide, Manager, and Draftsman, 1961-1966 EDUCATION Ph.D., Environmental Health Engineering, University of Kansas, 1974 M.S. Regional Planning, University of Puerto Rico, 1969 B.S., Mathematics, University of Puerto Rico, 1961 PROFESSIONAL CREDENTIALS Professional Engineer: Kansas AFFILIATIONS American Water Works Association Water Pollution Control Federation PUBLICATIONS/PRESENTATIONS "Winning at Pollution Prevention" Engineer's Digest, August 1992. "Waste investigation in a Research and Development Environment. A Case History". Presented at the 85th Annual Air & Waste Management Association Meeting. Kansas City, June 21-26, 1992 Lindsey, W.B., R.E. Filardi, S.D. Chatman, L.C. Perkins, and R.E. Moon, "Fate of TCE in a Municipal Sewer System and POTW," Presented at the Hazardous Materials Control Research Institute National Conference, Washington, DC, November 1989. REF/BIO AR300576 Smith, M. D., R. E. Filardi, G. M. Quran, and G. R. Miller, "Economics of Methane from Hyacinth Wastewater Treatment Systems," Presented at the International Gas Research Conference, Arlington, VA, September 1984. Filardi, R. E., G. M. Curran, S. A. Curtin, M. D. Smith, and G. R. Miller, "Methane From Hyacinth Wastewater Treatment Systems," Presented at the Eleventh Energy Technology Conference and Exposition, Washington, DC, March 1984. Filardi, R. E. and B. L. Harvey-Brayton, "CSO Control Alternative Analysis," Presented at the American Institute of Chemical Engineers, 1981 Summer National Meeting, Detroit, MI. Harvey-Brayton, B. L. and R. E. Filardi, "Combined Sewer Overflow Abatement Alternative Development," Presented at the American Institute of Chemical Engineers, 1981 Summer National Meeting, Detroit, MI. "Planning Within a Water Utility," Journal of the Puerto Rico College of Architects. Engineers, and Surveyors. January-March 1976. Filardi, R. E. and W. J. O'Brien, "Simulation as an Aid to Decision Making in a Water Utility," American Water Resources Bulletin. February 1975. Simulation of the Operation of a Water Utility: A General Model. Ph. D. Dissertation, submitted at the University of Kansas, December 1973. REF/BIO AR300577 Project Manager TIMOTHY T. TRAVERS B&V Waste Science and Technology Corp. SPECIALTIES Project Management Environmental Regulations Field Investigations/Activities Air Quality Assessments Remedial Investigations CERCLA Enforcement Policy Feasibility Studies Contract Administration Remedial Action Design Environmental Science Construction Management Alternative Technologies RELEVANT EXPERIENCE Mr. Travers has more than 14 years of managerial experience in hazardous waste, water, wastewater, and air management. He is responsible for projects involving hazardous waste management design and remediation construction as well as performance of remedial investigation/feasibility studies (RI/FS). He is also department manager for a staff of engineers and scientists. Other related experience includes field sampling and monitoring of system design, design and construction of wastewater system pilot studies, providing 24- hour emergency technical assistance to the EPA cost estimating, for control and cleanup of hazardous waste and/or oil spills, environmental auditing, and directing EPA Region III technical staff involved with CERCLA and RCRA activities. As a project manager for RI/FS's and. remedial design/remedial actions (RD/RA), Mr. Travers provides leadership and direction for a multidisciplinary staff and specialty contractors in implementing site investigations and remediations. He is responsible for preparation of scope of work, project cost estimation, scheduling, resource management, subcontracting, direct communications with clients, and interfacing with regulatory personnel. Typical projects managed by Mr. Travers include hazardous waste contamination of soils, ground water studies, baseline risk assessments, and technology evaluations. He has managed over 15 RI/FSs while at EPA and BVWST. Mr. Travers recently completed management of a $12 million Superfund RD/RA that involved the excavation and off site treatment of cm-omium-contaminated soils. In addition he was responsible for leadership of a $2.0 million ground water investigation at the same cleanup site. He is also a project manager on a number of other National Priority List (NPL) sites in EPA Region IJJ and in New Jersey. Mr. Travers also serves in the dual capacity as the department manager of engineers/scientists. In this capacity, he is responsible for assigning appropriate personnel to projects, coordinating, and planning resources with other department heads, and _...... _...__ . AR 30057 8 EMPLOYMENT HISTORY B&V Waste Science and Technology Corp: Department Manager/Project Manager 1989-Present Black & Veatch Inc.: 1988-1989 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Region HI: Senior Enforcement Project Manager/Section Chief, 1984-1988 Roy F. Weston: TAT, 1982-1984 Scott Environmental Technology: Project Leader, 1980-1982 Kennedy/Jenks Engineers: Project Leader, 1979-1980 General Electric (Buell): Senior Stack Tester, 1978-1979 Rossnagel & Associates: Environmental Scientist, 1976-1978 EDUCATION B.A., Marine Sciences, Stockton State College, 1975 M.S., Engineering Geology, Drexel University (in progress) Specialized Training: More than 40 Regulatory or Technical training seminars AFFILIATIONS National Water Well Association Water Pollution Control Federation Project Management Institute Air & Waste Management Association Synthetic Organic Chemical Manufactures Association PUBLICATIONS/PRESENTATIONS "Optimal Seismic Refraction Survey Results Through Presurvey Feasibility Testing," presented at the Fifth National Outdoor Action Conference on Aquifer Restorations, Ground Water Monitoring and Geophysical Methods, NWWA May 13-16,1991, Las Vegas, Nevada. "Ambient Air Monitoring Guide for Asbestos During Emergency Removal," (coauthored with EPA), 1984. AR300579 coalescing all project staffing projections and future resource needs. Mr. Travers reports directly to the office manager. Before joining B&V Waste Science and Technology Corp., Mr. Travers was, a senior remedial enforcement project manager and a section chief at EPA Region III. In this capacity, he provided technical review and assistance to Superfund remedial enforcement projects and activities, as required, and enabled the accomplishment of Branch SCAP commitments. He coordinated with EPA Headquarters, the Division and Branch staff on technical developments and initiatives within the Superfund program. Mr. Travers also managed enforcement efforts with potentially responsible parties for complex NPL sites often requiring difficult and extensive remediation in accordance with EPA policy. He has also authored several EPA Records Of Decisions. Mr. Travers served as the lead technical, negotiator in a $20 million EPA Superfund settlement involving the evaluation and eventual implementing of an innovative technology. Additionally, he was the lead technical negotiator for the first "mixed funding" settlement in Region HI. He has also administered construction contracts for EPA funded projects, evaluated cost estimates for RD/RAs, and managed a CERCLA Enforcement Section^ consisting of five project managers. Prior to joining the EPA, Mr. Travers was a member of EPA's Technical Assistance Team (TAT) Emergency Response Program. As a TAT member, he provided 24-hour emergency technical assistance to the EPA for control and cleanup of hazardous waste and oil spills. Mr. Travers participated in more than fifty responses involving the investigation and cleanup of PCB spills, asbestos abatement, oil spills in the navigable waterways, SPCC inspections, buried drum investigations, a massive tire fire, and abandoned hazardous waste landfills. Before becoming a TAT member, Mr. Travers was a project manager in environmental consulting specializing in air emission evaluations. He has planned and conducted source, ambient, and OSHA air emission tests utilizing EPA test methods and instrumentation. In addition, he supervised and directed the budget preparation, performance, and sample analysis of a wide range of environmental projects involving water and ground water contamination. Mr. Travers performed more than 200 source emissions tests at a number of fossil fuel power plants throughout the United States and Puerto Rico and at a variety of industrial sources. Testing included monitoring for compliance with EPA regulations and optimizing process conditions. He participated in source testing for the evaluation of emissions from Santa Fe railroad engines and for measuring the effectiveness of electrostatic precipitations at Utah Power & Light power plants using portable opacity meters (transmissometers). Mr. Travers has managed projects involving PCB contamination in northern California and participated in evaluating the effectiveness of a pilot wastewater treatment system for the city of Reno, Nevada. Mr. Travers also performed a number of effectiveness tests for oil dispersants used for the major oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico in 1979, and participated in asbestos testing for the New Jersey School System. AR300580 Department Manager, Project Manager JOHN P. TAYLOR B&V Waste Science and Technology Corp. SPECIALTIES • Civil Engineering • Project Management • Remedial Design/Remedial Action • Facilities Planning • Remedial Investigations • Construction Management RELEVANT EXPERIENCE Mr. Taylor has 16 years of civil engineering experience. He is currently a project manager and the department manager for the Civil/Geotechnical Department of the Philadelphia regional office. As such, he supervises the work of fifteen engineers and technicians on projects ranging from investigations to design and construction. Projects under his technical supervision have included: the permitting of two industrial landfills in Virginia, final design and construction at one of these industrial landfills, closure design of a hazardous waste landfill in Maryland, construction oversight of a National Priority List (NPL) industrial landfill closure in Pennsylvania, investigation and conceptual remedial design of a NPL industrial landfill in New Jersey, and the remedial design of a lead-contaminated site in Pennsylvania. Since joining BVWST, he has been the project manager for two remedial design/remedial actions (RD/RA) of Superfund sites. One site for the U.S. EPA, the Aladdin Plating Site in Chinchilla, PA, involved the remedial design and construction management of the removal and treatment of chromium-contaminated soil. The Wildcat Landfill in Dover, DE, involves the remediation of an inactive municipal landfill for a group of industrial clients to remove contaminants, cover landfill areas, dewater a pond, cover sediments, and construct a replacement wetlands area. Mr. Taylor was also the project manager of the work plan preparation for a remedial investigation/feasibility study (RI/FS) for the Culpeper Wood Preservers Site in Culpeper, VA. Before joining B&V Waste Science and Technology Corp., Mr. Taylor was the project manager for indefinite quantity civil/structural contracts for the Department of the Navy, Naval Facilities Engineering Command (NAVFAC). Projects on the contracts included the design of a new potable water well and construction of piping to the treatment and distribution system at the U.S. Naval Academy at Annapolis, MD., site development for a new child care center in Dahlgren, VA.; a study in Maryland to correct erosion control and storm-water deficiencies and other taskings at a facility in White Oak. These included an BO1/JPT 06/14/93 AR30058I upgrade to the sanitary sewer line connections of several buildings and pavement evaluations and rehabilitations for roads and parking areas at the center. Mr. Taylor was the principal investigator for a study for the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) on culvert repair practices. He was the assistant investigator for research projects to develop quality assurance procedures related to roads and streets for local government agencies, he developed guidelines for the protection of pipelines through highway roadbeds, and he also developed bridge maintenance procedures for the Pennsylvania Department of Transportation. ^ Before working as a consulting engineer, Mr. Taylor was employed for several years as an engineer for the federal government. He was a project manager for the Northern Division of NAVFAC in Philadelphia, PA. In this capacity, he managed the design and construction of facilities at several Navy bases. Projects ranged from a major pier expansion to construction of a museum. He was also a facility planner for the Philadelphia Naval Shipyard in the Department of Public Works and developed the major repair and maintenance program for all of the shipyard's buildings, utilities, waterfront structures, and grounds. Projects included drydock repairs, electrical and steam distribution system repairs, power plant upgrades, and building renovations. Mr. Taylor developed project scopes, cost estimates, schedules, and the overall annual program. As a commissioned officer on active duty with the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Mr. Taylor served in the United States and West Germany. As a company commander of a 140- man engineering unit, he constructed roads, bridges, drainage structures,-and range facilities, in addition to being responsible for the maintenance, utilization, and training of all assigned equipment and personnel. EMPLOYMENT HISTORY B&V Waste Science and Technology Corp.: Department Manager, Project Manager, 1990-Present Wilbur Smith Associates: Senior Engineer/Project Manager, 1986-1990 Northern Division, Naval Facilities Engineering Command: Project Manager, 1984-1986 Philadelphia Naval Shipyard: Civil Engineer/Facility Planner, 1982-1984 U.S. Army Corps of Engineers: Commissioned Officer, 1976-1982 EDUCATION M.S., Civil Engineering, University of Pennsylvania, 1985 B.S., U.S. Military Academy, West Point, 1976 B01/JPT 05/14/93 AR300582 PROFESSIONAL CREDENTIALS Professional Engineer: Pennsylvania, Maryland, Virginia AFFILIATIONS American Society of Civil Engineers Water Environment Federation Society of American Military Engineers U.S. Army Reserves, Major, Corps of Engineers Solid Waste Association of North America PUBLICATIONS/PRESENTATIONS "Culvert Repair Practices," Presented to Hydraulics Committee Transportation Research Board Week Annual Conference, Washington, DC, January 8, 1990. Stephens, L.B. and J.P. Taylor, "Doing It Right: The Orlando Pavement Management System," Public Works Magazine, September 1988. Koenig, R.A. and J.P. Taylor, "Protection of Pipelines Through Highway Roadbeds," National Cooperative Highway Research Program Report, Washington, DC, 1988. Stephens, L.B., P.O. Drake, R.L. Thompson, and J.P. Taylor, "Highway Rehabilitation Engineering Manual," Pennsylvania Department of Transportation, 1986. BOI/JPTi 06/14/93 AR300583 Chemical Engineer ROBERT A. MARTEL B&V Waste Science and Technology Corp. SPECIALTIES Chemical Engineering • Piping Design/Solvent Distribution Carbon Adsorption • Instrument/Equipment Specification Construction/Startup Oversight • Spill Prevention/Containment Environmental Sampling • Corrosion and Corrosion Control Data Management/Validation . RELEVANT EXPERIENCE Mr. Martel assisted the preparation of a Hazards and Operability (HAZOP) study for a major specialty chemicals production facility as a supporting engineer. This study focused on identifying areas of a new process that could result in either injury or a release to the environment, if a process upset were to occur. Mr. Martel performed emission estimates, BACT review and analysis, and cost estimation during the preparation of air permits for a confidential client in New England. Mr. Martel oversaw the construction and startup of a 230,000 gpd wastewater treatment plant which utilizes biological reactors and activated carbon, at a Superfund Site. He has assisted in trouble shooting the operation of the plant as well as take samples to monitor the efficiency of the plant. Mr. Martel also coordinates the field sampling efforts for the firm's ARCS III contract. He is responsible for scheduling, instructing others in proper EPA sampling technique and documentation, as well as performing field sampling. He also has prepared and reviewed Field Sampling Plans and Quality Assurance Project Plans. Mr. Martel has provided Data Management and Validation services for the Philadelphia Office. This involved reviewing the data submitted from laboratories for completeness and validation of the data according to EPA guidelines. He also oversaw the preparation of Data Validation Reports by a subcontractor, as well as prepared the reports himself. In addition, Mr. Martel prepared a property transfer evaluation for a client in New York State which included a thorough review of permits, soil and ground water analyses, and other records. He has also performed environmental audits on oil terminals in Virginia. *• Mr. Martel has been involved with design of a 20,000 cubic feet per minute carbon adsorption facility for a large semiconductor manufacturer. This system is designed to AR300581* remove xylene and isopropyl alcohol from the client's exhaust hoods. He has also written the specifications for the control instrumentation that allow automatic operation of this system. Mr. Martel has also led the design of adding secondary containment to an existing glycerine/EDTA/water tank. This design included preparation of equipment specifications and supervision of design drawing preparation. One phase of this assignment involved remediation of an existing secondary containment area, which was leaking through to the floor below. Mr. Martel has completed several projects requiring rearrangement of plant utilities such as chilled water, deionized (DI) water, Freon, isopropyl alcohol, xylene, n-butyl acetate, N- methyl pyrrolidone and glycerin/EDTA/water. These designs required the use of existing plant standards while minimizing required shutdown periods. Mr. Martel has experience in the preparation of calculations and specifications, selection of pumps, valves, and other equipment. He has conducted detailed field investigations required to engineer modifications to existing operating systems as well as install new equipment. On many projects, Mr. Martel has specified instruments and equipment for use in the chemical and waste water treatment industries. These include pumps, piping, tanks, flow meters, and other monitoring devices. Mr. Martel has performed a corrosion test on several different alloys to determine the most cost effective material for a new storage tank. He has also provided construction and startup oversight of a water main relocation, and designed retrofit installations of sampling pumps and temperature control equipment. EMPLOYMENT HISTORY B&V Waste Science and Technology Corp.: Chemical Engineer; 1990-present. Black & Veatch Engineers-Architects: Chemical Engineer; 1988-1990. Buffalo Color Corporation: Project Engineering Intern; 1987. EDUCATION B.S., Chemical Engineering, Clarkson University, 1988 PROFESSIONAL CREDENTIALS Engineer-In-Training: New York. B01/RAM Oil 18(93 AR300585 AFFILIATIONS American Institute of Chemical Engineers PUBLICATION R.A. Martel and W.W. Doerr, Ph.D, "Comparison of State Pollution Prevention Legislation in the Mid-Atlanta and New England states", to be presented at the AIChE Summer National Meeting for Symposium Session, "Update on State Regulatory Approaches to Waste Minimization, Pollution Prevention, and Toxic Use Reduction", August 1993. OJ/1B163 CARBON ADSORPTION Mr. Martel has been involved with the design of a new 20,000 cubic feet per minute carbon adsorption facility as well as upgrades to an existing 10,000 cubic feet per minute facility. This included loading calculations, vessel sizing, material selection, layout, preparation of bid specifications, supervision of drawing preparation, proposal evaluation, cost estimation, and involvement with a report comparing catalytic incineration to carbon adsorption. CONSTRUCTION/STARTUP OVERSIGHT Mr. Martel oversaw the construction and startup of a 230,000 gpd wastewater treatment plant which utilizes biological reactors and activated carbon, at a Superfund Site. He has assisted in trouble shooting the operation of the plant as well as take samples to monitor the efficiency of the plant. PIPING DESIGN/SOLVENT DISTRIBUTION A substantial portion of Mr. Martel's career has been in the area of solvent distribution piping. Mr. Martel has participated in the design of an expansion to an existing, high purity solvent storage area. This involved preparation of bid drawings for three 10,000 gallon stainless steel, virgin solvent tanks. In conjunction with this project he has been involved in the design of high purity containment piping, writing specifications for valves and instrumentation, cost estimates, and material selections. Mr. Martel has completed several projects requiring rearrangement of plant utilities such as chilled water, deionized (DI) water, Freon, isopropyl alcohol, xylene, n-butyl acetate, N- methyl pyrrolidone and glycerin/EDTA/water. These designs required the use of existing plant standards while minimizing required shutdown periods. Mr. Martel has experience in the preparation of calculations and specifications, selection of pumps, valves, and other equipment. He has conducted detailed field investigations required to engineer modifications to existing operating systems as well as install new equipment. INSTRUMENT/EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATION On many projects, Mr. Martel has specified instruments and equipment for use in the chemical and waste water treatment industries. These include pumps, piping, tanks, flow meters, and other monitoring devices. 07)16)93 AR300587 SPILL PREVENTION/CONTAINMENT Mr. Martel has also led the design of adding secondary containment to an existing glycerine/EDTA/water tank. This design included preparation of equipment specifications and supervision of design drawing preparation. One phase of this assignment involved remediation of an existing secondary containment area, which was leaking through to the floor below. This had to be accomplished without removing the equipment inside of the containment area and minimizing shutdown time. ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING Mr. Martel currently coordinates the field sampling efforts for the firm's ARCS HI contract. He is responsible for scheduling, instructing others in proper EPA sampling technique and documentation, as well as performing field sampling. He also has prepared and reviewed Field Sampling Plans and Quality Assurance Project Plans. DATA MANAGEMENT/VALIDATION Mr. Martel has provided Data Management and Validation services for the Philadelphia Office. This involved reviewing the data submitted from laboratories for completeness and validation of the data according to EPA guidelines. He also oversaw the preparation of Data Validation Reports by a subcontractor, as well as prepared the reports himself. CORROSION AND CORROSION CONTROL Mr. Martel has performed a corrosion test on several different alloys to determine the most cost effective material for a new storage tank. The storage tank was designed to store warm, concentrated caustic. B01/RAM 07/16/93 AR300588 Project Scientist LUSHENG YAN, Ph.D. B&V Waste Science and Technology Corp. SPECIALTIES • Geochemistry/Environmental Chemistry • Marine Chemistry • Ground Water Hydrology RELEVANT EXPERIENCE Dr. Yan has been involved with remedial investigation and design for projects including former manufactured gas plants (MGP), a former chromium manufacturing facility, a former battery breaking site, a former chromium plating facility, and a waste disposal site. His expertise includes predicting the behavior of contaminants in soils and ground water using the equilibrium hydrogeochemical speciation model MINTEQ and applying the model results to designing appropriate remedial alternatives. Dr. Yan is developing a cost effective innovative technology for a MGP site to contain the contaminants in place without significantly disturbing the ground water flow. Another project he is currently working on is remedial investigation and feasibility studies for a sites contaminated with volatile organics. He has planned and designed the project which will involve source remediation for contaminated groundwater. For the former chromium manufacturing facility, he studies the transport behavior of chromium in the bottom sediments in an East Coast estuary. His evaluation and modeling effort on the chemical and biochemical properties of estuarine sediments provided basic understanding of chromium transport in estuarine sediments and saved the client approximately $3 million of remedial cost. In the former battery breaking site project, he investigated the transport behavior of lead, cadmium, and other contaminants in soils and ground water. The remedial alternative design he provided has been complimented by the EPA as an innovative technology. For the former chromium plating site, he is investigating chromium contamination in ground water. Using computer models, he is evaluating the effects of the chemistry of soils and ground water on the transport properties of chromium in a glacier till aquifer. In the waste disposal site, he is investigating the extent of ground water contamination with hydrocarbons, and evaluating the appropriate remedial alternatives for the contaminated aquifer. Other BVWST projects Dr. Yan has worked on include developing a work plan for a former zinc smelter site to investigate ground water contamination and remedial alternatives, evaluating existing data for possible expedited remedial alternatives for a naval base, and reviewing remedial investigation/feasibility study documents of a potentially responsible party-lead investigation for an industrial park. BOVLY AR300589 05/A4/93 Before joining BVWST, Dr. Yan was a research associate in the Environmental Science and Engineering Department at Rice University. His research included developing appropriate models to evaluate and predict the rate of retention and/or release of chemicals on soil/sand surfaces. Such information is critical for pumping strategy design during soil and ground water remediation. On another project funded by the Gas Research Institute and several oil and chemical companies, he was involved with designing economical treatment procedures to prevent corrosion and scale formation in operating equipment in contact with salty water during oil/gas production. His research has also been applied to protection of ground water wells against deterioration of well screen caused by corrosion and scale formation. As a graduate student at Princeton University, Dr. Yan studied the chemistry of water and sediments in the coastal environment. His research focused on the behavior of trace/heavy metals such as copper, lead, and zinc in natural environments. His primary concern was how the chemistry of water and soil could affect the mobility and toxicity of metals in natural waters. Particularly, he studied processes that may control the source, transport, and fate of these metals in estuarine environment. He spent three years on a project with New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection studying contaminant transport in New Jersey's coastal environment and examining the potential effect of trace metals on food resources (clams). For his Ph.D. thesis, he made extensive use of computer models to calculate chemical speciation of natural waters. Dr. Yan's undergraduate major was in ground water hydrology at the Hebei Institute of Geology, China. After graduation, he spent two years at the Beijing Institute of Geology conducting research on water resource assessment and hydraulic modeling of ground water. EMPLOYMENT HISTORY B&V Waste Science and Technology Corp: Project Scientist, 1991-Present Rice University, Department of Environmental Science and Engineering: Research Associate, 1989-1991 Princeton University, Department of Geological and Geophysical Sciences: Research Assistant, 1984-1989 ,' Beijing Institute of Geology: Research Assistant, 1982-1984 EDUCATION Ph.D., Geochemistry, Princeton University, 1990 M.S., Geochemistry, Princeton University, 1986 B.E., Geohydrology, Hebei Institute of Geology, China, 1982 AR30059Q 05/14/93 . "' > AFFILIATIONS American Geophysical Union The Geochemical Society PUBLICATIONS Yan, L., J.R. Ponton and G.W. Snyder, "Attenuation of Hexevalent chromium in sediments of the Baltimore Inner Harbor," American Society of Civil Engineers/The Association of Engineering Geologists Joint Symposium on "Environmental Site Characterization" Baltimore, 1993. Yan, L., R.F. Stallard, D.A. Crerar, and R.M. Key "Experimental Evidence on the Behavior of Metal-bearing Colloids in Low-Salinity Estuarine Water," Chemical Geology. 100, 163- 174, 1992. Yan, L., R. F. Stallard, R. M. Key, and D. A. Crerar, "Trace Metals and Organic Carbon in Estuaries and Coastal Waters, New Jersey." Geochimica Cosmochimica Acta. 55, 3647- 3656, 1991. Yan, L., R. F. Stallard, R. M. Key and D. A. Crerar, "The Chemical Behavior of Trace Metals and ^Ra During Estuarine Mixing in the Mullica River Estuary, New Jersey: A comparison between field observation and equilibrium calculations," Chemical Geology 85, 369-381, 1990. "The Chemistry of Trace Elements in Estuaries," Ph.D Thesis, Princeton University,. Princeton, NJ, 1989. Yan, L., and R. F. Stallard, "The Low-salinity Behavior of-Metal-Bearing Colloids During Batch-Mixing Experiments," Presented in American Chemical Society, Environmental Chemistry Division. Boston, 1989. Yan, L., D. A. Crerar, R. M. Key, and R. F. Stallard, "Reactions of Riverine Suspended Solids with Low Concentrations of NaCl: Processes During the Early Stages of Estuarine Mixing," In Program and Abstracts. V. M. Goldschmidt Conference. The Geochemical Society, Baltimore, Maryland, 1988. Yan, L., R. M. Key, and R. F. Stallard, "The Role of Estuaries in the Geochemical Cycle: A Study of Selected Metals and Organic Carbon in New Jersey Estuaries," In Program and Abstracts. V. M. Goldschmidt Conference. The Geochemical Society, Baltimore, Maryland, 1988. Yan, L., R. M. Key, and R. F. Stallard, "Indication of Nutrients for Water Mass Contamination in New Jersey Estuaries, Bays, and Coastal Waters," In Program and Abstracts. V. M. Goldschmidt Conference. The Geochemical Society, Baltimore, Maryland, 1988. BO1/LY Q5/U/93 RR30059I Yan, L., R. M. Key, D. A. Crerar, and R. F. Stallard, "Trace Metals and Al-Fe Relation in Estuaries." EOS Transactions. American Geophysical Union, Vol. 69, No. 44, 1988. Kan, A., L. Yan, P. B. Bedient, J. E. Oddo and M. B. Tomson, "Sorption and Fate of Phosphonate Scale Inhibitors in Sandstone Reservoir: Studied by laboratory Apparatus with Core Material," SPE 21714. Production Operations Symposium. Society of Petroleum Engineering. Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, 1991. Kan, A., X. Cao, L. Yan, J.E. Oddo and M.B. Tomson, "The Transport of Chemical Scale Inhibitors in Reservoirs and its Importance to the Squeeze Procedure," The NACE Annual Conference and Corrosion Show, Paper No.'33, 1992. RR30059"2 05/14/93 GEOCHEMISTRY/ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY FIELDWORK: Dr. Yan has conducted field investigations for a variety of geochemical research involving initial planning, sample collection and treatment, and laboratory analysis. For each field project, he plans the location and type of samples that will be collected and the type of analysis that will be performed in the laboratory for each sample. He relies largely on his background in water/soil chemistry and geohydrology during the planning stage. Such background proves very useful for conducting both successful and economical field projects. ANALYTICAL DATA QA/QC: Dr. Yan has performed nearly two thousand chemical analyses for soil and water samples, most of them for his Ph.D. work. Those analyses were required to have high precision and reliability for him to obtain meaningful interpretation of the source, transport, and fate of toxic species in soils and waters. Using his experience of sample analysis, he also performed data QA/QC for environmental samples analyzed by commercial laboratories. DATA INTERPRETATION AND MODELLING: The purpose of Dr. Yan's previous research was to understand how a particular species, toxic or nontoxic, could interact with others, what processes had caused the existing distribution of these species in soils and waters, and how manmade processes such as waste dumping and remedial actions would impact the distribution. He has used computer models and conducted a wide range of laboratory experiments to understand the distribution of heavy metals (copper, lead, and zinc) and organic compounds (phosphonate and hydrocarbons) in soils and waters. REMEDIAL INVESTIGATION AND DESIGN: Some of Dr. Yan's previous experiments were directly related to remedial design. He has studied the mechanism of some chemical procedures that can enhance the mobility of heavy metals by adding metal-complexing agents and of hydrocarbons by adding surfactant for soil and ground water remediation. In addition, he also examined the chemistry of soil and water, or acidity, redox potential, organic carbon, and other species that may impact the results of these procedures. CHEMICAL OCEANOGRAPHY Dr. Yan is interested in the behavior of trace metals in seawater. Concerned about the fact that human activity has increasingly impacted the ocean, he studied the chemical and biological processes controlling the residence time of trace metals (aluminum, iron, manganese, copper, lead, and zinc) in the ocean. He also has cruise experience for oceanographic research. GROUND WATER HYDROLOGY Dr. Yan's work in ground water hydrology includes both hydraulic modeling and field investigation. While he was in China, he joined a research group in Beijing working on aquifer characterization through pumping test. He did considerable fieldwork on the AR 3 005 93 recharge, storage, and discharge of regional aquifers to assess the water resources for a major city in northern China. AR30059U Director. Health and Safety JOHN T. SCHILL, CIH B&V Waste Science and Technology Corp. SPECIALTIES Industrial Hygiene/Public Health Community Right-to-Know Asbestos Abatement Air Monitoring Startup and Training Program Development Regulatory Compliance Analysis Data/Management Collection Environmental Audits Health/Safety Plans Spill Prevention Plans Radiation Environmental Risk Assessment Emergency Response RELEVANT EXPERIENCE Mr. Schill is a certified industrial hygienist qualified in the comprehensive practice of industrial hygiene and a certified safety professional qualified in the comprehensive practice of safety. He has more than 12 years of industrial hygiene and safety experience in the public and private sectors. He is responsible for the health and safety of B&V Waste Science and Technology Corp. employees working on hazardous waste sites. Mr. Schill has a broad range of industrial hygiene experience. During the five years he worked with OSHA, he conducted plantwide occupational health audits of industrial firms, and he developed, planned, and implemented sampling strategies to assess chemical and physical hazards to workers. Many of these studies required performing total plant industrial hygiene studies and recommending control strategies. During Mr. SchilTs six years working in private industry, he managed a comprehensive health and safety program for a two-plant facility with a combined work force of 400 people. Mr. Schill also developed and implemented programs that addressed the management of hazardous wastes, SARA Title HI community right-to-know and emergency preplanning regulations, hazard communications, and chemical spill prevention. Mr. Schill developed and instructed training sessions in many subjects, includin hazardous waste first responder operations level, hazardous waste management, hazard communications, respiratory protection, chemical protective equipment, confined space entry hazards, energy lockout, and direct reading instrumentation Mr. Schill has developed and implemented programs to collect and manage data using commercially available database and spreadsheet software programs. The training and medical surveillance programs at BVWST and the inventory of hazardous materials and ^18/93-5/SCHILL AR300595 material safety data sheets at Wyeth-Ayerst Internationa Inc.'s Vermont facilities were managed with the data base software. The former application tracked the training and medical surveillance status of 150 field persons. The latter application tracked more than 1,200 hazardous substances at the Wyeth-Ayerst sites. Industrial hygiene air monitoring data and accident rates at the Wyeth-Ayerst facilities were managed with the spreadsheet software. These applications supported periodic reporting requirements of management and governmental agencies. Throughout the 12 years Mr. Schill has worked in industrial hygiene, he has conducted regulatory compliance audits in health and safety. He conducted environmental audits, primarily involving hazardous waste management, over the past two years. He also conducted hazardous waste audits at the two Wyeth-Ayers facilities in Vermont and a hazardous waste storage facility in Boston. While employed for Vermont's Division of Occupational and Radiological Health, Mr. Schill was trained in radiological emergency planning and response and serve as a radiation monitor in the emergency response plans for the Vermont Yankee an Yankee Rowe nuclear power plants. During nondestructive testing of pipe welds at a new Monsanto manufacturing facility, Mr. Schill performed peripheral monitoring for radiation to ensure the public was protected. Many of Mr, Schill's industrial hygiene skills are easily transferable to radiological situations, such as airborne sampling, protective actions, exposure reduction, personal protection, and hazard assessment. Mr. Schill has received more than two hundred hours of training in hazardous materials emergency response, primarily in radiological and chemical hazard assessment and protection. He served on Vermont's Radiological Emergency Response Team, as vice-chairperson of Vermont's District IV SARA Local Emergency Response Committee, as emergency coordinator for Wyeth-Ayerst Vermont facilities and as a hazardous materials emergency responder for Monsanto Chemical Co.'s Springfield, MA, facility. EMPLOYMENT HISTORY B&V Waste Science and Technology Corp.: Project Scientist/Industrial Hygienist, 1990-1991 Director of Health and Safety, 1991-Present Wyeth-Ayerst International Inc.: Safety Coordinator, 1986-1990 Monsanto Chemical Co.: Industrial Hygienist, 1984-1986 Vermont State Occupational Safety and Health Administration: Industrial Hygienist, 1979-1984 MP18/93-5/SCHILL 02/10/93 EDUCATION M.S., Industrial Hygiene, Central Missouri State University, 1978 B.S., Biology, Indiana University of Pennsylvania, 1976 PROFESSIONAL CREDENTIALS Certified Industrial Hygienist Certified Safety Professional AFFILIATIONS American Industrial Hygiene Association American Academy of Industrial Hygiene American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists Board Certified Safety Professionals TRAINING Practices and Procedures for Asbestos Control (AHERA), 32-hour, 1991 Risk Assessment Guidance for Superfund (USEPA 165.6), 40-hour, 1990 Hazardous Waste Operation Health and Safety, 40-hour, 1990 Hazardous Waste Emergency Response School, 40-hour, 1989 Hazardous Materials Contingency Course, 40-hour, 1988 Sampling and Evaluating Airborne Asbestos Dust (NIOSH 582), 40-hour, 1985 Radiological Emergency Response, 80-hour, 1983 02/W9MP18/93-5/SCHIL3 L AR30059. -. ^ 7 Civil Engineer VIRGIL A. PAULSON BiV Waste Science and Technology Corp. SPECIALTIES • Environmental Engineering • Remedial Action Design • Industrial Pretreatment Programs • Cost Estimating • Quality Assurance/Quality Control • Community Relations RELEVANT EXPERIENCE Mr. Paulson's hazardous waste experience includes remedial investigation/feasibility study. activity, remedial action design, community relations manual preparation, computer modeling for ground water treatment cost alternatives, quality assurance/quality control and health and safety manual preparation, construction quality control activity, soil and water sampling, and project oversight activity. He was the project engineer on several projects for a major client operating a secondary lead smelter facility. These projects included management oversight activities during construction of a hazardous waste landfill, design of a liner system for a domestic wastewater lagoon, and engineering report for water treatment plant improvements, and preparation of several hazardous waste characterization plans for the site. Mr. Paulson served as a project engineer for numerous compliance assessment reports for a major petroleum company. The assessments involved visits to distribution terminals to review facilities and operations and their compliance with the client's and regulatory agency's requirements. Items evaluated at each terminal included the general site, mechanical and piping systems, electrical systems, and environmental compliance activities. A comprehensive report prepared for each terminal enabled the client to develop cost-effective capital improvements budgets and construction schedules. He served as a project engineer for the final development of a focused feasibility study, closure/post-closure plan, and remedial action design for closure of a storm-water retention pond contaminated with wood treating chemicals at a manufacturing facility in Stockton, CA. During pond closure, Mr. Paulson served as resident engineer and construction quality assurance officer. He was also responsible for the remedial action design and construction oversight activities for removal of contaminated surface soils and remediation of storm sewers and culverts at this facility. / Mr. Paulson performed construction oversight activities for a project at the Sacramento Army Depot in California. The project consisted of extraction wells, related piping, appurtenances, and controls for removal of contaminated ground water. Oversight efforts involved coordination with other engineering/ geotechnical firms and the US Army Corps of Engineers. BD2/VAP 08/28'/92 AR300598 He served as a project engineer on a portion of the Whittier Narrows project in Los Angeles, CA. His activities included evaluating various alternatives for the use and recharge of contaminated ground water following remedial treatment. Mr. Paulson has 20 years of experience in environmental engineering for industrial and municipal projects. These projects include the development of industrial pretreatment programs for several large municipal and regional wastewater authorities, design of water and wastewater treatment facilities, pollution abatement surveys at military installations, sewer system evaluation studies, and resident engineering for numerous civil/environmental construction projects. Mr. Paulson served as the resident engineer for a major wastewater interceptor extension/replacement project in Lawrence, KS. This project also included an addition to a wastewater pumping.station. Mr. Paulson was resident engineer for construction of an industrial pretreatment facility at a Milwaukee, WI, landfill owned by Waste Management of Wisconsin Inc. This plant treated leachate removed from the landfill using anaerobic digestion. Additional assignments as a resident engineer included extensive modifications to a regional wastewater treatment facility in Half Moon Bay, CA, and combined storm sewer/sanitary sewer construction in Springfield, OH. His experience in developing industrial pretreatment programs began with a regional system in Boston, MA. This project encompassed more than fifty separate political jurisdictions and approximately six thousand industrial companies under the Metropolitan District Commission's control. As the assistant project engineer, he assisted in inspecting industrial dischargers, developing a regulatory permitting system, and coordinating with the client's engineering staff. Mr. Paulson was the project engineer on the industrial pretreatment program developed for the Washington Suburban Sanitary Commission (WSSC) for Montgomery and Prince George's counties in Maryland. He establ-ished a comprehensive sampling program for the client's three largest wastewater treatment facilities and coordinated analytical efforts with many contract laboratories. In addition to directing the work efforts of the local office staff on the project, he coordinated the work of subconsultants and staff members in the firm's headquarters office. In conjunction with the WSSC pretreatment program, Mr. Paulson served as a project engineer for similar projects in the Washington, DC, area. These activities included preparing and coordinating priority pollutant sampling programs for the Blue Plains Regional Wastewater Treatment Facility and assisting the City of Baltimore, MD, in defining its industrial discharger data base and in preparing regulatory permitting systems. Mr. Paulson served as a staff engineer in the onsite inspection of the Fort Riley, KS, military complex. He then drafted a report detailing the remedial action needs for all potential air, water,- and land pollution problems discovered. The client used the report to define budget allocations for future pollution abatement efforts. BD2/VAP 08/28/92 AR300599 Mr. Paulson's assignments as a staff engineer include field investigations, preliminary design, and construction site administration for miscellaneous water treatment plant improvements and distribution studies for the City of Lawrence, KS. He assisted in developing facility plans and infiltration/inflow analyses of existing sewerage systems, including extensive fieldwork, for the cities of Dayton and Springfield, OH. Mr. Paulson prepared plans and specifications for wastewater treatment facilities in Tulsa, OK, and design documents for a full-scale pilot plant study for Dayton. He developed system descriptions for many operating system units during design of a nuclear power plant for Oklahoma Public Utilities, to be used for training the generating facility's operators. Before joining Black & Veatch, Mr. Paulson was the environmental program director for the Southeastern Council of Governments in Sioux Falls, SD. His duties included assisting local communities and counties in obtaining the financial and professional engineering resources necessary to bring their water and wastewater treatment facilities into compliance with state and federal regulations. He coordinated the development of several rural water systems and initiated areawide solid waste collection and disposal planning activities. EMPLOYMENT HISTORY B&V Waste Science and Technology Corp.: Project Engineer, 1988-Present Black & Veatch, Engineers-Architects: Project Engineer, 1987-1988 Resident Engineer, 1982-1987 Project Engineer, 1978-1982 Staff and Resident Engineer, 1974-1982 Southeastern Council of Governments: Environmental Program Director, 1970-1974 EDUCATION Graduate studies, South Dakota State University B.S., Civil Engineering, South Dakota State University, 1970 AFFILIATIONS American Society of Civil Engineers Society of American Military Engineers Water Pollution Control Federation American Water Works Association PROFESSIONAL CREDENTIALS Professional Engineer: Ohio, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Maine, Maryland, Wisconsin, and California BD2/VAP 08/28/92 AR3QQ60Q PUBLICATIONS AND PRESENTATION "Managing Industrial Pretreatment Sludges in the Solid Waste Management System," Technical paper presented at the Governmental Refuse Collection and Disposal Association National Conference, Salt Lake City, UT, September 3, 1981. "Priority Pollutant Sampling -- Different from Conventional Sampling Requirements," Technical paper presented at 14th Mid-Atlantic Industrial Waste Conference, College Park, MD, June 28, 1982. "Priority Pollutant Sampling -- How is it Done?" Technical paper presented at American Society of Civil Engineers National Conference on Environmental Engineering, Minneapolis, MN, July 15, 1982. "Pond Closure Using In Situ Soil Stabilization: A Case History," Technical paper presented at 46th Purdue University Industrial Waste Conference, West Lafayette, IN, May 15, 1991. BD2/VAP 08/28/92 AR30060 B&V WASTE SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY CORP. SITE SAFETY PLAN FOR NORTH PENN - AREA 6 SITE, SOURCE CONTROL OPERABLE UNIT RI/FS 1.0 GENERAL INFORMATION PROJECT NUMBER 21910 TASK/PHASE 101 SITE: North Penn - Area 6 CLIENT: United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Region III EPA PROJECT MANAGER: Gregory Ham SITE MANAGER: Raul Filardi, Sr., B&V Waste Science and Technology Corp. - (BVWST) • HEALTH AND SAFETY COORDINATOR: Timothy T. Travers, BVWST SITE LOCATION: Nineteen properties in the borough of Lansdale, Montgomery County, Pennsylvania (Figure 1). BACKGROUND INFORMATION AVAILABLE FROM: EPA Region III, located at 841 Chestnut Building, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, 19107, and BVWST located at The Curtis Center, Suite 705, 601 Walnut Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, 19106. 2.0 SITE CHARACTERISTICS 2.1 Area Description The North Penn Area 6 NPL site (Site) is located in the Borough of Lansdale, Montgomery County, Pennsylvania. It includes nineteen properties in a mixed industrial and residential setting. Sixteen are on or North of Main Street, between Franconia Avenue and North Broad Street. Two properties are South of Main Street, East of South Broad Street, and North of Hancock Street. The last property is on Allentown Road. Previous investigations by the North Penn Water Authority (NPWA), the Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Resources (PADER), and Region III of the US EPA detected elevated levels of volatile organic compounds (VOCs) in soil and groundwater samples. The primary contaminants are identified as trichloroethene (TCE) and tetrachloroethene (PCE). NP-2/SSP 06/18/93 NORTH PENN - AREA 6 RI/FS 2.2. Status Some of the properties are active businesses, although not necessarily the original ones or those identified as potential sources. 3.0 SCOPE OF WORK 3.1 Planned Site Activities and Dates The following field activities at North Penn Area 6 are scheduled to take place from July 1993 to October 1993. • Mobilization • Hydraulically driven drilling of soil borings and collection of soil and soil vapor samples • On-site sample screening and optional analyses. • Surveying • RI derived waste disposal One to three ARCS III personnel will be onsite. It should be noted that the proposed methods of collecting the samples (i.e., "geoprobe" or similar) has a low potential for contaminant exposure. 4.0 WASTE CHARACTERISTICS 4.1 Waste Type(s) Liquid X Solid X Sludge ___ Gas ___ Other .______ 4.2 Waste Characteristics Corrosive ___ Ignitable ___ Radioactive Volatile X Toxic X Reactive Unknown X Other (Name) ______ NP-2/SSP 06/18/93 3 5.0 HAZARD EVALUATION 5.1 Chemical Hazards The primary contaminants at the site are TCE and PCE, along with other volatile organic compounds. These volatile organics have been detected in soils at levels up to 50-60 ppm, with most levels less than 1 ppm. Key chemical compounds have been selected based on their toxicity and prevalence at the site. These compounds are listed in Table 1 with a summary of associated risks due to exposure to the corresponding compounds. > The major pathways for exposure of onsite personnel to contaminants is through inhalation of the contaminants or by eye/skin contact with contaminated soil. 5.2 Physical Hazards The physical hazards associated with this investigation are listed below and are described in Table 2. Heavy machinery/equipment Overhead power lines/underground utilities Refuse and materials Heat/cold stress Noise Saturated soil (slips, trips, and falls) 5.3 Hazards Posed by Site Activities Exposure to TCE and PCE contaminated soil during sampling. 5.4 Overall Hazard Level Low, many properties paved or grassy. 6.0 PROCEDURES 6.1 Training Requirements All personnel who will be engaged in hazardous waste operations must present, to the Site Safety Coordinator, certification of completion, within the 12 months prior to the beginning of site activities, of a hazardous waste site investigation training course or refresher course. The training must comply with OSHA regulations found at 29 CFR 1910.120 et. seq. The certification must be presented before site activities begin. NP-2/SSP 06/18/93 AR300605 TABLE 1 SUSPECTED CHEMICAL HAZARDS TLVt (TWA) PELt (TWA) LEVELS • DETECTED [^SMICAL ppm mg/m3 ppm mg/m3 ROUTES OF ENTRY SYMPTOMS TARGET ORGANS IN SITE SOILS 1,1,1 ,-Trichloroethane 350 1910 350 1900 Eyes, skin Irritation Eyes, tissue up to 6 ppm 1 , 1 ,2-Trichloroethane 10 55 10 45 Inhalation, ingestion, Irritation in nose and eyes, CNS, eyes, nose, liver, eyes CNS, liver, kidney damage kidneys 1 , 1 -Dichloroethane 20O 810 100 400 Inhalation, skin, CNS depression, skin Skin, liver, kidneys up to 0,2 ingestion irritation, kidney damage ppm I 1,2-Dichloroethane 10 40 t 4 inhalation, skin, Irritation of eyes and Respiratory system, eyes, ingestion, eyes respiratory system CNS I 1,1 -Dichloroethene 5 20 1 4 Inhalation, ingestion Liver up to 0, 1 ppm I 1 ,2-Dichloroethene 200 793 200 790 Inhalation, ingestion, Irritation of eyes, Respiratory system, eyes, up to 50 eyes respiratory system, CNS CNS ppm depression 1 Acetone 750 1780 750 1800 Inhalation, ingestion, . Irritation of eyes, nose, Respiratory system, eyes, skin, eyes throat, dizziness skin 1 Carbon Tetrachloride 5 31 2 12.6 Inhalation, ingestion, CNS depression, nausea, CNS, eyes, lungs, liver, eyes, skin vomiting, skin irritation kidney, skin Chloroform 10 49 2 9.78 Inhalation, skin, eyes, Dizziness, mental dullness, Liver, kidneys, heart, ingestion nausea, disorientation, eye eyes, skin and skin irritation j^^^^nene Chloride 50 174 5OO — Inhalation, skin, eyes, Fatigue, weakness, Skin, eyes, CNS, ingestion sleepiness, nausea, cardiovascular system irritation of eyes or skin ITetrachloroethene 50 339 25 170 Inhalation, skin, eyes, Irritation of eyes, nose, Liver, kidney, eyes, upper up to 5 ingestion throat; vertigo, flush face, respiratory system, CNS ppm neck; dizziness Trichloroethene 50 269 50 270 Inhalation, skin, eyes, Vertigo, nausea, vomiting, Respiratory system, liver, up to 60 ingestion irritation of eyes and skin kidneys, CNS, skin ppm Vinyl Chloride 5 13 1 Inhalation Abdominal pain, Gl Liver, CNS, blood, up to 3.6 bleeding, 'hepatomegaly respiratory system, ppm lymphatic system Arsenic ... 0.2 ... 0,5 Inhalation, skin, eyes, Uloeration of nasal system, Liver, kidneys, skin, ingestion Gl disturbances, respiratory lungs, lymphatic system irritation Barium — 0.5 — 0.5 Inhalation, skin, eyes, Upper respiratory, Heart, CNS, skin, ingestion irrigation, slow pulse, respiratory system, eyes irritation of eyes and skin, skin bums Lead ... 0.15 ... 0.05 Inhalation, eyes, Abdominal pain, anemia, Gl tract, CNS, kidneys, ingestion hypertension, irritated eyes blood, gingival tissue Selenium 0.05 0.39 ... 0.2 Inhalation, skin, eyes, Irritation of eyes, nose Upper respiratory system, ingestion throat; chills, fever, skin eye*, skin, liver, kidneys, and eye bums blood Silver — 0.1 ... 0.01 Inhalation, skin, eyes, Blue-gray eyes, nasal Nasal septum, skin, eyes ingestion septum, skin, throat, ulceration L ^±±±£5Z__2H_^±£___^=_S^^^£ —— —— - TABLE 2 HEALTH AND SAFETY HAZARDS Hazard Description Procedures used to Monitor/Reduce Hazard Heavy Machinery Personnel maintain eye contact with Equipment Drill rigs operators; hard hats, safety shoes, and eye protection as appropriate worn during equipment operation. Overhead/ Electrical, Gas Locate existing utilities prior to site Underground operations. Design installation of Utilities additional utilities so that they do not interfere with site operations. Refuse and Investigation Maintain clean work areas; dispose of Materials refuse and refuse immediately; do not block access materials routes with materials. Heat Stress/ Personnel Employ "buddy system". Each worker is Cold Exposure working under responsible for visually monitoring extreme his/her partner for signs of heat temperatures stress/cold exposure. Site Safety are subject to personnel will also monitor worker's adverse conditions and establish work/rest effects. regimens and recommend appropriate diet. Noise Exposed to Follow action levels for use of ear noise created protection. by machinery Saturated Created due to Personnel avoid puddled areas. Soil rainfall Exposure to Personnel can Follow guidelines in Safety Plan. Be Volatile be exposed to familiar with signs and symptoms of Compounds various exposure and first aid procedures. and Dust compounds Report suspected over-exposures to associated with 'supervisor immediately. the site. NP-2/SSP 06/18/93 AR300607 6.2 Medical Monitoring Requirements All personnel who will be engaged in hazardous waste operations must present, to the Site Safety Coordinator, certification of completion, within the 12 months prior to the beginning of site activities, of a comprehensive medical monitoring examination. The examination must comply with OSHA regulations found at 29 ,CFR 1910.120 et. seq. The certification must be signed by a medical doctor and indicate any work limitations placed on the individual. The certification also must specify that the individual is capable of working while wearing respiratory protective equipment. The certification must be presented before site activities begin. 6.3 Personnel Protective Equipment Level of Protection .A B C D X Coveralls or comparable work clothes (i.e., long sleeves and pants) will be used for site work. When work is complete for the day, the coveralls will be stored in a designated area of the mobile laboratory. Modifications: The initial level of personal protection required for specific work tasks will be as listed below. These levels may be upgraded if simultaneous site activities create increased levels of air particulates and contaminants, or downgraded if monitoring detects no significant levels of air particulates. Work Task . Level of PPE Mobilization D Soil boring drilling D Field screening/analyses D Vapor/soil Sampling D Surveying D RI waste disposal D 06/18/93 Monitoring Requirements Ambient air monitoring will be conducted continuously while drilling activities are in progress. Monitoring instruments will include the following: • Noise meter • Dust meter (Mini-RAM) Action Levels Instrument Reading Action Dust Meter Up to 2 mg/m3 Level D with readily available (Mini-RAM) fullface air purifying respiratory (APR) protection (equipped with GMC-H cartridges). Improve dust suppression methods. Greater than Level C personal protection 2 mg/m3 with full-face APR with GMC-H cartridges Noise Meter ' Up to 85 dBA Continue activities Greater than Hearing protection required. 85 dBA The Site Safety Coordinator will take instrument readings every 15 minutes during drilling activities and record significant changes. Upgrade/downgrade decisions will be based on monitoring results in the breathing zone and the action levels listed above. Calibration and maintenance of monitoring equipment will be the responsibility of the Site Safety Coordinator and will be conducted in accordance with manufacturer's requirements as listed in the appropriate manual. 6.4 Site Organization and Control Map/Sketch Attached? YES Site Secured? NO Perimeter Identified? YES Zone(s) of Contamination Identified? YES Note: Work zones at each property (exclusion area, contamination reduction area, support area) will be established so that the support area is upwind of the exclusion area. NP-2/SSP 06/18/93 flR300609 6.5 Project Organization Team Member Responsibility Greg Ham Project Manager - EPA Raul Filardi, Sr. Project Manager - BVWST Timothy Travers Health and Safety Coordinator Field Team Member* Site Safety Coordinator *Acting Site Safety Coordinator will also function as the Emergency Coordinator. The Site Safety Coordinator's name will be clearly posted in the support area and announced at safety briefings. 6.6 Initial Procedures •. Locate nearest available telephone to each work site. • Confirm and post emergency telephone numbers and route to hospital at each work site. • Designate at least one vehicle for emergency use, which must be readily available at each work site. t • Determine prevail ing wind location, establish preliminary work zones for each property (support area, contamination reduction area, exclusion area). Note that in general, sampling will be in the exclusion area. • Perform initial site reconnaissance for RI. • Hold safety briefing for all participants before work begins. • Post OSHA poster in a conspicuous location. 6.7 Work Limitations v • Eating, drinking, chewing gum or tobacco, smoking, or any practice that increases the probability of hand-to-mouth transfer and ingestion of material is prohibited in any areas designated as contaminated. » • Hands and face must be thoroughly washed upon leaving the work area and before eating, drinking, or any other activity. • If decontamination procedures for outer garments are in effect, good personal hygiene will be used as soon as possible after the protective garment is removed, (i.e., washing hands). A shower is required immediately after any work period. NP-2/SSP 06/18/93 No facial hair which interferes with the effectiveness of a respirator will be permitted on personnel required or potentially required to wear respiratory protection equipment. The respirator must seal against the face so that the wearer receives air only through the air purifying cartridges attached to the respirator. Contact with potentially contaminated surfaces will be avoided whenever possible. One should not walk through puddles, mud, or other discolored surfaces or kneel on ground. One should not lean, sit, or place equipment on drums, containers, vehicles, or the ground. Medicine and alcohol can increase the effect from exposure to certain compounds. It will be the responsibility of site supervisors and subcontractors to notify, on a daily basis, the Site Safety Coordinator of any individual who is using prescribed medication. It is the responsibility of the individual to inquire of the prescribing physician as to what limitations a medication may place on the individual. Site Personnel will not be allowed on site while under the influence of alcohol or other non-prescribed drugs without the authorization of a physician. Personnel and equipment in the work areas will be minimized, but will be consistent with effective site operations. Work areas for various operational activities at each work site will be established as necessary. Procedures for leaving the work area will be planned and implemented prior to going to the site. Work areas and needed decontamination procedures will be established on the basis of prevailing conditions at each work site. As necessary, respirators will be issued for the exclusive use of each worker where practical. The wearer will be responsible for cleaning his/her own respirator on a daily basis using disinfecting towelettes and/or solutions. The Site Safety Coordinator will collect all respirators (if used) at the end of each work week for a more thorough cleaning and inspection following the manufacturer's recommendations. Any community respirators will be inspected, cleaned, and disinfected after each use by the Site Safety Coordinator. If used, safety gloves and boots will be taped to the disposable suits as necessary. All unsafe equipment left unattended will be identified by the Site Safety Coordinator by a "DANGER, DO NOT OPERATE" tag. NP-2/SSP 06/18/93 10 RR3006M No contact lenses will be worn on site. Noise mufflers on equipment and/or hearing protection for personnel may be required for work around heavy equipment. Disposable, form-fitting earplugs will be provided by the Site Safety Coordinator. If used, cartridges for air-purifying respirators in use will be changed daily at a minimum. Use the "buddy system" (pairs). Buddies will use prearranged hand signals or other means of emergency signals for communication in case of no radios or radio breakdown (See Attachment A). Visual contact between "pairs" on-site and team members remaining nearby will be maintained in order to assist in case of emergencies. On-site operations will cease during major precipitation events or during periods of strong gusty-winds. Whenever an electrical storm approaches the site, personnel will be evacuated from locations that are lightning hazards. Drilling will not be permitted during thunderstorms or electrical storms. Work will be restricted to daylight hours only. All employees will be directed to notify the most readily accessible supervisor of any unsafe conditions, practice, or circumstance associated with or resulting from the hazardous waste site (HWS) investigations. Field personnel will be instructed to observe one, another for indications of adverse affects from toxic exposure including: 1. Changes in complexion, skin discoloration. 2. Changes in coordination. 3. Changes in demeanor. 4. Excessive salivation, pupillary response. 5. Changes in speech, pattern. Field personnel will also be instructed to notify the Site Safety Coordinator of other effects of toxic exposure, such as: 1. Headaches. 2. Dizziness. 3. Blurred vision. 4. Cramps 5. Irritation of eyes, skin, or respiratory tract. NP-2/SSP 06/18/93 11 • Consideration will be given to adverse climate conditions (heat and cold) in planning and conducting site operations. The effects of ambient temperature can cause physical discomfort, loss of efficiency, personal injury, and increased accident probability. Heat stress, due to protective clothing which decreases body ventilation, is an important consideration. One or more of the following recommendations will help reduce heat stress. Monitoring will occur based on the schedule in Attachment B. Their applicability is dependent on evaluating the conditions particular to a specific incident. 1. Provide plenty of liquids to replace loss of body fluids. Employees should replace water and salts lost from sweating. Use either a 0.1 percent salt water solution, or commercial mixes such as Gatorade. The commercial mixes may be preferable for employees on low sodium diets. 2, Establish a work schedule that will provide sufficient rest period for cooling down. • Identification of emergency medical assistance will be made prior to work operations. The location, telephone number, and transportation capabilities of the nearest emergency medical facilities will be known. 6.8 Decontamination Procedures 6.8.1 Personnel The personal decontamination station (PDS) layout shown in Figure 2 assumes the contaminating substances are particulate matter and soils. Decontamination procedures will be implemented whenever necessary as determined by the Site Safety Coordinator, and will be modified if the type of contaminating substance and its hazard potential changed. If necessary, the PDS will be set up after the Hot Line has been established and consists of the following: Station 1: Segregated Equipment Drop. Deposit equipment used on the site (tools, sampling devices, and containers, etc.) on plastic drop cloths or in different containers with plastic liners. During hot weather operations, a cool down station may be set up within this area. NP-2/SSP 06/18/93 12 AR3006I3 Station 2: Boot Cover and Glove Wash. Scrub outer boot covers and gloves with decon solution or detergent/water. Station 3: Boot Cover and Glove Rinse. Rinse decon solution from Station 2 using copious amounts of water. Station 4. Tape Removal. Remove tape around boots and gloves and deposit in a container with plastic liner. Boot Cover Removal. Remove boot covers and deposit in container with plastic liner. Outer Glove Removal. Remove outer gloves, and deposit in container with plastic liner. Suit Removal. With assistance of helper, remove suit. Deposit in container with plastic liner. Station 5: Inner Glove Removal. Remove inner gloves and deposit in container with liner. 6.8.2 Equipment and Vehicles: A decontamination pad will be constructed within each property where drilling occurs. This pad will service all drill rigs and equipment leaving the site. Typically, a decontamination pad is a sloping area with plastic sheeting and gravel so that decontamination solutions can flow into a lined collection pit, sump, trench, or drum. All drill rigs and equipment involved with the drilling operation will be decontaminated using a powered steam system. Detergent (alconox) solutions may be used as necessary to properly clean contaminated equipment. During the investigation the decontamination water.will be collected into 55 gallon drums. These collection drums will be labeled and stored at the property being investigated prior to testing and disposal. 6.9 Disposal Procedures Contaminated Liquids: Wastewater will be generated from equipment decontamination. The water will be collected in 55 gallon drums, labeled, and staged for disposal at the property being investigated. These drums will be left at this location until they are tested and removed for disposal. NP-2/SSP 06/18/93 13 SEGREGATED EQUIPMENT TAPE | DROP REMOVAL I BOOT COVER i REMOVAL TAPE ! r\C-i'iu v ni_ OUTER GLOVE REMOVAL <^ ._ l rs 1 _ ' ?-h BOOT COVER GLOVE BOOT COVER AND ' AND GLOVE RINSE INNER_GLOVE_REMOVAL___ CONTAMINATION CONTROL LINE o u ou I 0- CD D NORTH PENN - AREA 6 RI/FS FIGURE 2 CO v^NCEl AND TECHNOLOGY CORP. uj ^>^____ DECONTAMINATION PROCEDURE O v- ^^B^kf^ PHILADELPHIA, PA Cfl O AR3006I5 Contaminated Materials and Clothing: All construction material and personnel protection equipment which cannot be decontaminated will be placed in plastic lined 55 gallon drums separate from these contain liquid wastes. The drums will be removed and replaced routinely or as necessary by a designated contractor. Drummed Wastes: All 55 gallon drums containing contaminated water and clothing will be disposed of at a RCRA approved facility by a subcontractor on a regular basis after generation and testing of the waste. 6.10 Safety Equipment • Fire extinguishers • First aid kits • 15 minute eye-wash kits • Blanket 7.0 EMERGENCY INFORMATION . 7.1 Emergency Routes Due to the scattered nature of the properties where work will take ' place, the route to the hospital will vary. The various routes to the hospital are shown in Figure 3. The Site Safety Coordinator will drive the route to the hospital to ensure the route is not blocked and to become familiar with the route. The Site Safety Coordinator will discuss the hospital route before work proceeds on each property. 7.2 Contingency Plan 7.2.1 Pre-Emergency Planning The Site Safety Coordinator or designated alternate personnel will also act as Emergency Coordinator and be responsible for initiating appropriate emergency response throughout the site preparation and remediation activities. The associated responsibilities include the following: Establishment of evacuation routes and zones; Notification of off-site emergency response teams; Emergency assessment; Rendering of first aid as necessary; Maintaining safety equipment; Posting of emergency phone numbers and area maps to nearest medical facilities. NP-2/SSP 06/18/93 15 AR3006I6 Specific responsibilities and appropriate guidelines are discussed in the following sections. 7.2.2 Emergency Personnel Roles, Lines of Authority, Training and Communication The following organization and responsibilities have been established for the source control operable unit RI activities. An organization chart is provided in Figure 4: Project Managers: Person duly appointed by USEPA to act in a supervisory capacity in all matters relating to the completion of this work. The Project Manager for USEPA's activities will be Mr. Greg Ham. The Project Manager for BVWST site activities is Mr. Raul Filardi, Sr. The BVWST Project Manager has the responsibility to ensure all personnel are aware of the guidelines in this SSP, including the inherent risks of chemical exposure associated with work of this nature. Field Manager: Person to act in a supervisory capacity relating to the implementation of the remedial action, including observing all work and all day-to-day field-related activities. The Field Manager for ARCS III oversight activities will be determined prior to field work. Site Safety Coordinator: The Site Safety Coordinator will act as the emergency coordinator at the site. This person must be trained in first aid and CPR, and has full authority in directing operations responding to the emergency. ARCS III Director of Health and Safety: Person having the following background and responsibilities: a sound working knowledge of state and federal occupational safety and health regulations; and formal training and work experience in safety-related work at hazardous waste sites. The Director of Health and Safety is Mr. John Schill of BVWST. NP-2/SSP 06/18/93 16 AR300617 NORTH PENN - AREA 6 RI/FS FIGURE 3 <-) I sVNUt AND TECHNOLOGY CORP. 1 I ' " f^€& ' ROUTES TO HOSPITAL O I £ ~^fj? PHILADELPHIA, PA I I ^. M ( PAUL FILARDI SR. JOHN SCHILL PROGRAM MANAGER DIRECTOR OF HEALTH & SAFETY ——— '' i RAUL FILARDI SR. PROJECT MANAGER FIELD MANAGER * SITE SAFETY HEALTH AND SAFETY/SSP ISSUES L COORDINATOR * FIELD PERSONNEL * * - TO BE DESIGNATED PRIOR TO FIELD INVESTIGATION o or 0 a1 =*o= Q NORTH PENN - AREA 6 RI/FS FIGURE 4 A f> SS,NCE AND TECHNOLOGY CORP. O> 1 CN 3VWST ORGANIZATION CHART O »^^jB5^ PHILADELPHIA, PA t1o O ^ mr A AR3006I9 Site Safety Coordinator: Person or persons and having the following responsibilities: responsibility for the field implementation, evaluation, and all necessary activities within the scope of this Site Safety Plan; responsibility to temporarily suspend work at the site (until a final decision is made by the BVWST DHS to proceed) due to nonconformance to, or problems with, implementation of the Site Safety Plan, unsafe site conditions, or other health and safety issues; responsibility for completing the Report of Hazardous Waste Site Investigation Personnel Activity Report (See Figure 5); and responsibility to enforce the provisions of this plan. Federal Oversight Personnel: Personnel from Federal agencies to oversee those activities associated with this investigation. Such personnel include representatives of the USEPA. 7.2.3 Emergency Recognition and Prevention All employees will bring to the attention of the most readily accessible supervisor any unsafe condition, practice, or circumstance associated with or resulting from this investigation. In cases of immediate hazard to employees or the public, any employee on the scene will take all practicable steps to eliminate or neutralize the hazard; this may include leaving the site. Follow-up consultation with the Field Manager or BVWST Project Manager, Site Safety Coordinator, and the Director of Health and Safety must then be made at the first opportunity. In such circumstances, the SSC will take the necessary steps to ensure that the investigation can be completed safely. Such steps will include changes in procedure, removal or neutralization of a hazard, consultation with appropriate experts, or use of specialists. In cases where the hazard is not immediate, the employee will consult the Site Safety Coordinator regarding appropriate corrective measures. NP-2/SSP 06/18/93 19 _ • _§= •5o5 Q. <5 O |T5 Z «> *ow E e0) Q. 5, S § H _0J ** ,..,_ .. .__,.., s •*= — — — — — — 0) &o "S. tu 2 in n C 1 m D i 1 "1 I •Z % Z o 2 1o m* i75 S 3 AR30Q621 In the event that any member of the party experiences any adverse effects or symptoms of exposure while on-site, the entire party will immediately leave the site and seek appropriate medical aid. In the event that any member of the party is overcome, incapacitated, or traumatically injured while on-site, the remaining members will immediately call for assistance and then don appropriate protective equipment and make reasonable efforts to rescue the affected person. At least one person will remain out of the problem area until help arrives. Once removed from the site, the affected person will not be left unattended. If possible, limited personnel decontamination will be conducted, but not if time is critical to get the injured person to medical aid. If it is determined that the problem was due to chemical exposure, all members of the party exposed to those chemicals will proceed expeditiously, in a group, to the nearest appropriate medical facility. In those cases where personal contamination has occurred, all persons involved 'will make every reasonable effort to decontaminate themselves, so there will be minimal spreading of contaminants. The following precautions can be observed to avoid physical hazards associated with this investigation: Procedure Used to Hazard Monitor/Reduce Hazard Heat/Cold Stress Employ "buddy system" whenever practicable. Each worker is responsible for visually monitoring his/her partner for signs of heat stress/cold exposure. Site Safety personnel will also monitor worker's conditions and establish work/rest regimens. Noise Ear protection will be available to personnel. If noise levels exceed 85 dBA, hearing protection will be required. Explosion/Fire Smoking and ignition sources will be prohibited in the exclusion and contamination reduction zones. NP-27SSP 06/18/93 21 Procedure Used to Hazard Monitor/Reduce Hazard Heavy Machinery/Equipment Personnel should maintain eye contact with operators; hard hats, safety shoes, and eye protection must be worn during equipment operation. Overhead Power Lines and Locate existing utilities prior to site Underground Utilities operations. 7.2.4 Safe Distances and Places of Refuge To reduce the potential for migration of contamination from the Site, activities will be conducted within three designated work zones. These zones are: a. the Exclusion Zone, b. the Contamination Reduction Zone, and c. the Support Zone. These three zones will be determined on a location to location basis. 7.2.5 Site Security and Control Access to each property will be limited to authorized personnel. Such personnel include ARCS III Team Members and EPA Project Coordinators, approved subcontractors and visitors and property owners and their employees. However, access into the established exclusion zone section will be limited to those authorized personnel having received the required training and wearing appropriate personal protective equipment. The zones will, also be monitored by the Site Safety Coordinator to ensure personnel do not enter without proper personal protection. 7.2.6 Evacuation Routes and Procedures Evacuation routes and zones will be discussed with all site personnel before work begins at each property. All evacuation routes and zones will be designated so as to move personnel away from an affected area in a safe and efficient manner and to establish efficient traffic patterns for fire and emergency equipment during an emergency response. These evacuation routes and zones as well as emergency exit routes will be located at a safe distance upwind of all areas of activity. NP-2/SSP 06/18/93 22 AR300623 If actual evacuation of the site is necessary, personnel involved in any activity will be assigned an appropriate evacuation route and zone. All site personnel will be instructed by the Emergency Coordinator in proper evacuation procedures. The Emergency Coordinator will be responsible for personnel accounting at each evacuation zone and will schedule evacuation drills on a monthly basis and/or where field crews and personnel are replaced. 7.2.7 Emergency Decontamination In addition to routine decontamination procedures, emergency decontamination procedures must be established. In an emergency, the primary concern is to prevent the loss, of life or severe injury to site personnel. If immediate medical treatment is required to save a life, decontamination will be delayed until the victim is stabilized. If decontamination can be performed without interfering with essential life- saving techniques or first aid, or if a worker has been contaminated with an extremely toxic or corrosive material that could cause severe injury or loss of life, decontamination will be performed immediately. If an emergency due to heat-related illness develops, protective clothing will be removed from the victim as soon as possible to reduce the heat stress. During an emergency, provisions will also be made for protecting medical personnel and disposing of contaminated clothing and equipment. 7.2.8 Emergency Medical Treatment and First Aid Personnel conducting hazardous waste operations will have successfully completed a Red Cross-sponsored course in first aid and CPR. Prior to start of work, arrangements will be made for medical facilities, ambulance service, and medical personnel to be available for prompt attention to the injured. First-aid kits will be 16-unit first-aid kits (National Safety Council Data Sheet No. 202) or kits approved by the Director of Health and Safety and will be provided in the ratio of one for each 10 persons. Portable emergency eye wash stations will be provided within the support area. Eye wash lavages will have a capacity for providing sufficient amounts of potable water for at least a 15-20 minute period. Identification markers will be provided to readily denote locations of the eyewash stations. NP-2/SSP 06/18/93 23 Emergency telephone numbers and reporting instructions for ambulance, physician, hospital, poison control center, fire and police, and emergency rescue teams will be conspicuously posted. If the Emergency Coordinator determines that a situation occurs which could threaten human health or the environment .outside the facility, he will immediately notify appropriate local authorities. He will also immediately notify EPA Region III or the National Response Center. The telephone report should include: 1. Name and telephone number of reporter; 2. Name and address of facility; 3. Time and type of incident (e.g., release, fire); 4. Name and quantity of material (s.) involved, to the extent known, and the location of the discharge within the facility; 5. The extent of injuries, if any; 6. The possible hazards to human health, or the environment, outside the facility; and 7. Actions the person reporting the discharge proposes to take'to contain, clean up and remove the substance. Communications: Mobile phones will be present during site activities for emergency response and office communications. 7.2,9 Emergency Response Procedures Whenever practicable the Site Safety Coordinator will designate on-site personnel with responsibility for responding to incipient fires, electrical fires or minor spills and other emergencies that do not require off-site response personnel. The Site Safety Coordinator will maintain communication with the on-site response team at all times during site operations. On-site response personnel will have ready access to all fire fighting equipment, spill control equipment and first aid supplies during site operations. In the event of fire, spill, or other emergency that cannot be controlled by on-site personnel, all site personnel will evacuate to their designated zones. Site personnel will wait in the designated zones for further instructions from the Site Safety Coordinator and/or emergency response personnel. NP-2/SSP 06/18/93 24 RR30Q625 During an emergency, the Site Safety Coordinator will take all reasonable measures necessary to ensure that fires, explosions, and releases do not occur, recur, or spread to other hazardous material at the facility. These measures will include, where applicable, stopping all facility operations, collecting and containing released material, and removing or isolating containers. 7.2.10 Critique of Response and Follow-up. The emergency response will be critiqued by the field team, project manager, and Director of Health and Safety. In the affected area(s) of the property, the Site Safety Coordinator will ensure that all emergency equipment listed in this contingency plan is cleaned and fit for its intended use before operations are resumed. 7.2.11 PPE and Emergency Equipment. The first aid and emergency equipment that will be present on site at all times is listed below: First Aid Equipment Blankets Burn Ointment Contained Water Source Eye Wash Adhesive Tape Band-Aids Sterile Pads Antiseptic Wipes Stretcher Splints Ammonia Capsules Sterile Eye Pads Scissors Instant Coldpacks Emergency Equipment Fire Extinguishers - dry chemical Mobile Phone Hand-held Compressed Gas Horns All-purpose Absorbent material Fire Blankets Waste Containers Emergency PPE NP-2/SSP 06/18/93 25 AR300626 7-.3 Emergency Contacts (BVWST) 1. Raul Filardi, Sr./BVWST Project Manager Phone: 215/928-2241 (w) 609/770-0463 (h) 2. Mr. John T. Schill/BVWST Director Health and Safety Manager Phone: 913/338-6595 (w) 816/224-2406 (h) 3. Thomas Jefferson Hospital Phone: 215/955-6000 4. Diane S. Mettenbrink/Worker's Compensation Administrator Phone: 913/339-8561 (w) NOTE: If a work-related injury or exposure occurs, notify the Worker's Administrator as soon as possible after obtaining medical attention for the injured party. Notification must be made within twenty-four hours of the injury. 7.4 Local Emergency Contacts Ambulance (Lansdale, Upper Gwynedd, Hatfield) (215) 855-9597 North Penn Hospital (215) 368-2100 Police (Lansdale, Upper Gwynedd) (215) 368-1800 Police (Hatfield) (215)362-1355 Fire Department (Lansdale) (215) 855-5811 Fire Department (Upper Gwynedd) (215) 584-6911 Fire Department (Hatfield) (215) 855-2121 National Response Center (800) 424-8808 Poison Control (800) 658-3456 Weather Bureau (215)627-5575 BVWST Site Manager (215) 928-2241 (W) Raul Filardi, Sr. (609) 770-0463 (H) BVWST Health & Safety Coordinator (215) 928-2239 (W) Timothy Travers (215) 879-6496 (H) BVWST Site Representative (215) 928-0700 (W) NP-27SSP 06/18/93 26 AR3Q0627 F1re Departmant (Hatfleld) (215855-EJ2I ) National Response Center (600424-980)9 Poison Control (BOO558-3456 ) Weather Bureau (2156Z7-6575 ) BVWST Site Manager (215) 928-1 :241 (W) Raul Filardi, Sr, (609) 770-1463 (H) BVWST Health & Safety Coordinator (215) 928-2239 (W) Timothy Travers (?J5) 679-M96 (H) BVWST Site Representative (215) 928-6700 (W) EPA Project Manager - Greg Ham (215) 597*4750 (H) EPA Region III 24-hour Hotline (215) 597-9,898 (use 1n case of an emergency) 8.0 PLAN PREPARATION PREPARED BY: REVIEWED BY: , APPROVED BY: NOTICE This Site Safety Plan applies to all B&V Waste Science and ethnology Corp, (BVWST) employees, subcontractors, and visitors, as we 1 as all Federal, State and local government employees, to tractors, subcontractors, and visitors, Indicated herein. This safety an 1s not Intended or represented to be suitable for use by others on Project, or for reuse on extensions of the Project, or for use on ny other project, Any use without written verification or adaptation by VWST will be at the user's sole risk and without liability or legal exwsure to BVWST. 27 flR300|528 EPA Project Manager - Greg Ham (215) 597-4750 (W) EPA Region III 24-hour Hotline (215) 597-9898 (use in case of an emergency) 8.0 PLAN PREPARATION PREPARED BY: Lm: /U. Z5~ ______Date: REVIEWED BY: ~~ * (^ .> _____ Date: (BVWST PROJECT MANAGER) APPROVED BY: ______Date: ______(BVWST DHS) NOTICE This Site Safety Plan applies to all B&V Waste Science and Technology Corp. (BVWST) employees, subcontractors, and visitors, as well as all Federal, State and local government employees, contractors, subcontractors, and visitors, indicated herein. This safety plan is not intended or represented to be suitable for use by others on the Project, or for reuse on extensions of the Project, or for use on any other project. Any use without written verification or adaptation by BVWST will be at the user's sole risk and without liability or legal exposure to BVWST. 9.0 PLAN DISTRIBUTION (specify) U.S. EPA Remedial Project Manager BVWST Project Manager Field Manager Director Health and Safety Health and Safety Coordinator 10.0 CERTIFICATIONS By my signature, I certify that: 1. I have read, 2. I understand, and NP-2/SSP 06/18/93 27 3. I will abide by the Site Safety Plan for the North Penn - Area 6 site. Printed Name ' Signature Date Affiliation NP-2/SSP 06/18/93 28 AR300630 ATTACHMENT A COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS Purpose: To alert members of emergencies, convey safety information, communicate changes in the work to be accomplished, and to maintain site control. • Audible Internal Communications (whistle, vehicle horn, personal air horn) Signal Definition one long blast evacuate area two short blasts localized problem, be on the alert two long blasts all clear, reentry permitted three short blasts cease work operations • Visual Internal Communications (hand signals) Signal , Definition Hands clutching throat Out of air/cannot breath Hands on top of head Need assistance Thumbs up OK/I am alright/I understand Arms waiving upright Send backup support Grip partners wrist Exit area immediately Cross arms above head Cease work operations NP2/ATTACHA 06/17/93 ATTACHMENT B WORK PRACTICES FOR TEMPERATURE IN EXCESS OF 70°f Heat Stress Monitoring: Heat stress poses a serious danger to site workers and may create secondary safety hazards by impairing a worker's coordination and judgement. Heat stress can occur at almost any temperature and is more likely when personal protective equipment is in use. The use of protective equipment may create heat stress. Monitoring of personnel will commence when the ambient temperature is 70°F or above. Table 1 presents the suggested frequency for such monitoring. Monitoring frequency is dependent on the type of protection worn (permeable or impermeable clothing), the dry bulb temperature, and the amount of sunshine. Monitoring frequency should increase as the ambient temperature increase or as slow recovery rates are observed. Heat stress monitoring should be performed by a person with a current first aid certification who is trained to recognize heat stress symptoms. For monitoring the body's response to exceed heat, one or more of the following techniques will be used. • Heart rate. Count the radial pulse before site activities and during a 30-second period as early as possible in the monitoring cycle. If the heart rate exceeds 110 beats per minute at the beginning of the rest period, shorten the next cycle by one- third and keep the rest period the same. If the heart rate still exceeds 110 beats per minute at the next rest period, shorten the following cycle by one-third. • Oral temperature. Use a clinical thermometer (three minutes under the tongue) or similar device to measure the oral temperature before site activities and at the end of the monitoring cycle (before the worker drinks liquid). NP2/ATTACHB 06/17/93 AR300632 TABLE 1 SUGGESTED FREQUENCY OF PHYSIOLOGICAL MONITORING OR FIT AND ACCLIMATIZED WORKERS ADJUSTED TEMPERATURE NORMAL WORK ENSEMBLE IMPERMEABLE ENSEMBLE 90°F(32.2°C) or above After each 45 minutes After each 15 minutes of work of work 87.5 to 90°F After each 60 minutes After each 30 minutes (30.8 to 32.2°C) of work of work 82.5 to 87.5°F After each 90 minutes After each 60 minutes (28.1 to 30.8°C) of work of work 77.5 to 82.5°F After each 120 minutes After each 90 minutes (25.3 to 28. 1°C) of work of work 72.5 to 77.5eF After each 150 minutes After each 120 minutes (22.5 to 25.3°C) of work of work NP2/TABLE1 06/17/93.<-.proov.»«« •